Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Leadership Board - 01/05/2024

Renfrewshire Council · 1 May 2024
Back to Leadership Board — 1 May 2024 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

25/04/2024 
Notice of Meeting and Agenda
Leadership Board 
Date Time Venue
Wednesday, 01 May 2024 13:00 Council Chambers (Renfrewshire),
Council Headquarters, Renfrewshire
House, Cotton Street, Paisley, PA1 1AN               
Membership 
Councillor Iain Nicolson (Convener):     Councillor Jacqueline Cameron (Depute Convener):    
Councillor Alison  Ann-Dowling:  Councillor Michelle Campbell:  Councillor Graeme Clark: 
Councillor Audrey Doig:  Councillor Gillian Graham:  Councillor Neill Graham:  Councillor Anne
Hannigan:  Councillor Alec Leishman:  Councillor Marie McGurk:  Councillor Iain McMillan: 
Councillor Emma Rodden:  Councillor John Shaw:  Councillor Andy Steel:   
Hybrid Meeting
Please note that this meeting is scheduled to be held in the Council Chambers.  However, it is a
hybrid meeting and arrangements have been made for members to join the meeting remotely
should they wish. 
Further Information
This is a meeting which is open to members of the public. 
A copy of the agenda and reports for this meeting will be available for inspection prior to the
meeting at the Customer Service Centre, Renfrewshire House, Cotton Street, Paisley and online
at http://renfrewshire.cmis.uk.com/renfrewshire/CouncilandBoards.aspx
For further information, please email
democratic-services@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Members of the Press and Public
Members of the press and public wishing to attend the meeting should report to the customer
service centre where they will be met and directed to the meeting.
MARK CONAGHAN
Head of Corporate Governance
Page 1 of 260

Page 2

25/04/2024 
Webcasting of Meeting
This meeting will be filmed for live or subsequent broadcast via the Council’s internet site – at
the start of the meeting the Convener will confirm if all or part of the meeting is being filmed.  To
find the webcast please navigate to 
https://renfrewshire.public-i.tv/core/portal/home 
Page 2 of 260

Page 3

25/04/2024 
Items of business      
Apologies
Apologies from members. 
Declarations of Interest and Transparency Statements
Members are asked to declare an interest or make a transparency
statement in any item(s) on the agenda and to provide a brief
explanation of the nature of the interest or the transparency statement. 
1 Revenue and Capital Budget Monitoring Report
Joint report by Chief Executive, Director of Finance & Resources and
Chief Financial Officer, Renfrewshire Health & Social Care Partnership 
5 - 18 
2 Fairer Renfrewshire Sub-committee
Minute of meeting of the Fairer Renfrewshire Sub-committee held on 27
March 2024 
19 - 22 
3 Fairer Renfrewshire Update
Report by Chief Executive 
23 - 44 
4 Best Value Update
Report by Chief Executive 
45 - 50 
5 Review of OneRen's Annual Business Plan for 2024/25
Report by Chief Executive 
51 - 76 
6 Funding for Engage Renfrewshire 2024/25
Report by Chief Executive 
77 - 86 
7 Migration and Asylum Update
Report by Chief Executive 
87 - 94 
8 Renfrewshire Council British Sign Language (BSL) Plan
2024/25
Report by Chief Executive 
95 - 114 
9 Review of Renfrewshire's Public Transport Provision
Report by Director of Environment, Housing  and Infrastructure         
115 - 214
Page 3 of 260

Page 4

25/04/2024 
10  City Deal Update
Report by Chief Executive and Director of Finance & Resources 
215 - 220 
11  Renfrewshire Council Major Events – 2023 Performance
and 2024 Programme
Report by Chief Executive 
221 - 260 
Page 4 of 260

Page 5

To: Leadership Board
On: 1 May 2024
Report by:  Chief Executive, Director of Finance and Resources, and Chief
Finance Officer Renfrewshire HSCP
Heading:  Revenue and Capital Budget Monitoring as at 5 January 2024
 
1. Summary of Financial Position
1.1. The projected revenue outturn at 5 January 2024 for those services reporting
to the Leadership Board is an overspend of £0.819m. 
1.2. The projected capital outturn at 5 January 2024 for projects reporting to the
Leadership Board is a break-even position against the revised budget for the
year.
1.3. This is summarised in the tables below and further analysis is provided in the
Appendices.
 
Table 1: Revenue
Division
Revised
Annual
Budget
£000 
Projected
Annual
Outturn
£000
Budget
Variance
(Adv)/Fav
£000
Budget
Variance 
%
Adult Services 97,500 98,322 (822) (0.8%)
Chief Executives 19,192 19,189 3 0%
Total 116,692 117,511 (819) (0.8%)
 
Table 2: Capital
Division
Revised
Annual
Budget
£000
Projected
Annual
Outturn
£000
Budget
Variance
(Adv)/Fav
£000
Budget
Variance 
%
Chief Executives 48,706 48,706 0 0%
Leisure Services 1,239 1,239 0 0%
Total 49,945 49,945 0 0%
Item 1
Page 5 of 260

Page 6

2. Recommendations
2.1. Members are requested to:
(a) Note the projected Revenue outturn position detailed in Table 1 above; 
(b) Note the projected Capital outturn position detailed in Table 2 above; and 
(c) Note the budget adjustments detailed at sections 4 and 6. 
 
3. Revenue
3.1. The Revenue Budget Monitoring report at Appendix 1 identifies a projected
annual overspend of £0.819m for all services reporting to this Board. Detailed
division reports can be found in Appendix 2, along with an explanation of any
significant projected variance.
3.2. The projected outturn is based on information currently available and
assumptions made by service budget holders.
3.3. The main reasons for the projected outturn position are indicated in the
appendices showing both the subjective analysis (what the budget is spent
on) and the objective analysis (which division is spending the budget). 
4. Revenue Budget Adjustments
4.1. Members are requested to note, from Appendix 1, that budget adjustments
totalling £0.020m have been processed since the previous report to board. 
The adjustment reflects funding transferred to the Service in respect of non-
domestic rates budgets allocated in-year.
 
5. Capital
5.1. The Capital Investment Programme 2023/24 to 2027/28 was approved by the
Council on 2 March 2023.
5.2. For the Chief Executive’s Service, the revised capital spend for 2023/24 is
£48.706m. For Leisure Services, the revised capital spend for 2023/24 is
£1.239m.
5.3. Further details can be found in Appendix 3. 
6. Capital Budget Adjustments
6.1. For 2023/24, the current revised programme totals £49.945m which is a
decrease of £2.014m since the last report.  This is due to budget adjustments
as follows:
 Leisure Service £0.154m: Budget transfer from External Sports project
for Linwood Running Track at On-X, as agreed by Council in December
2023.
Page 6 of 260

Page 7

 Chief Executive (£2.168m):
o Budget carried forward (£2.437m) from 2023/24 into 2024/25 for
Clyde Waterfront & Renfrew Riverside, due to timing of payment
applications; and
o Budget increase in 2023/24 of £0.269m for AMIDS: South reflecting a 
drawdown from the Investment Capital Fund.
__________________________________________________________________ 
Implications of this report 
1.  Financial
The projected budget outturn position for the revenue budget reported to
the Leadership Board is an overspend of £0.819m. Income and expenditure
will continue to be monitored closely for the rest of the financial year and,
where necessary, steps will be taken to mitigate any overspend.   
The projected outturn position for capital budgets reported to the
Leadership Board is breakeven. 
2.  HR and Organisational Development 
None directly arising from this report.
3. Community/Council Planning 
None directly arising from this report.
4.  Legal 
None directly arising from this report.
5.  Property/Assets 
Capital projects will result in new assets (City Deal) and refurbishment, and
improvement to Cultural Infrastructure and Public Realm assets. 
6.  Information Technology 
None directly arising from this report.
7.  Equality and Human Rights 
None directly arising from this report.
8. Health and Safety
None directly arising from this report.
9. Procurement 
None directly arising from this report.
Page 7 of 260

Page 8

10. Risk 
The risk that the Council will overspend its approved budgets for the year
will be managed at a Council-wide level by the Chief Executive and
Directors.
11. Privacy Impact
None directly arising from this report.
12.  Cosla Policy Position 
N/a.
13.  Climate Risk
None directly arising from this report.
__________________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers
Revenue Budget and Council Tax 2023/24, Council 2 March 2023.
Non Housing Capital Investment Programme, Prudential Framework and Treasury
Management Strategy, and Capital Strategy 2023/24 – 2027/28, Council 2 March
2023.
__________________________________________________________________ 
Authors:  Revenue - Valerie Howie, Finance Business Partner / Alison Burns,
Corporate Finance Manager
Capital – Linsey McGregor, Capital Accountant
Page 8 of 260

Page 9

Appendix 1 
 
 
 
 
RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL 
REVENUE BUDGET MONITORING STATEMENT 2023/24 
1 April 2023 to 5 January 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
POLICY BOARD :  LEADERSHIP BOARD 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Objective Summary 
Annual 
Budget at 
Period 8 
Budget 
Adjustments 
Revised 
Annual 
Budget at 
Period 10 
Projected 
Outturn 
Budget Variance  
(Adverse) or Favourable 
Previous 
Projected 
Outturn 
Variance 
Movement 
 
 
£000  £000  £000  £000  £000  %  £000  £000 
Adult Services  97,500  0  97,500  98,322  (822)  (0.8%)  (1,548)  726 
Chief Executive's Service  19,172  20  19,192  19,189  3  0.0%  6  (3) 
NET EXPENDITURE  116,672  20  116,692  117,511  (819)  (0.7%)  (1,542)  723 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subjective Summary 
Annual 
Budget at 
Period 8 
Budget 
Adjustments 
Revised 
Annual 
Budget at 
Period 10 
Projected 
Outturn 
Budget Variance  
(Adverse) or Favourable 
Previous 
Projected 
Outturn 
Variance 
Movement 
 
 
£000  £000  £000  £000  £000  %  £000  £000 
Employees  43,511  1,479  44,990  44,382  608  1.4%  210  398 
Premises Related  885  67  952  1,115  (163)  (17.1%)  (83)  (80) 
Transport Related  819  0  819  604  215  26.3%  215  0 
Supplies and Services  17,727  6  17,733  17,985  (253)  (1.4%)  (182)  (71) 
Third Party Payments  80,231  890  81,121  82,361  (1,240)  (1.5%)  (2,103)  863 
Transfer Payments  4,694  6  4,700  4,555  145  3.1%  158  (13) 
Support Services  74  0  74  60  14  18.9%  15  (1) 
Depreciation and Impairment Losses  0  0  0  0  0  0.0%  0  0 
GROSS EXPENDITURE  147,941  2,447  150,388  151,062  (674)  (0.4%)  (1,770)  1,096 
Income  (31,269)  (2,427)  (33,696)  (33,551)  (145)  (0.4%)  228  (373) 
NET EXPENDITURE  116,672  20  116,692  117,511  (819)  (0.7%)  (1,542)  723 
Page 9 of 260

Page 10

Page 10 of 260

Page 11

Appendix 2 
 
 
 
 
RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL 
REVENUE BUDGET MONITORING STATEMENT 2023/24 
1 April 2023 to 5 January 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
POLICY BOARD :  LEADERSHIP BOARD ‐ ADULT SERVICES 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Objective Summary 
Annual 
Budget at 
Period 8 
Budget 
Adjustments 
Revised 
Annual 
Budget at 
Period 10 
Projected 
Outturn 
Budget 
Variance  
(Adverse) or 
Favourable 
Previous 
Projected 
Outturn 
Variance 
Movement 
(Adverse) or 
Favourable 
 
 
£000  £000  £000  £000  £000  %  £000  £000 
Older People  61,973  (123)  61,850  63,425  (1,575)  (2.5%)  (2,036)  461 
Physical or Sensory Difficulties  7,863  (9)  7,854  7,630  224  2.9%  (96)  320 
Learning Difficulties  23,006  109  23,115  23,218  (103)  (0.4%)  65  (168) 
Mental Health Needs  3,990  17  4,007  3,405  602  15.0%  476  126 
Addiction Services  667  7  674  644  30  4.5%  42  (12) 
NET EXPENDITURE  97,500  0  97,500  98,322  (822)  (0.8%)  (1,548)  726 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page 11 of 260

Page 12

Appendix 2 
 
 
 
 
Objective Heading  Key Reasons for Projected Variance 
Older People 
The projected overspend reflects increased demand, and increased patient acuity of discharges from 
hospitals with more complex needs, resulting in more intensive care packages. This has led to an overspend 
within care at home and our three HSCP care homes. 
The current increased dependencies of clients supported within our care homes reflects the impact of 
COVID and the level of increased staffing put in place to manage levels of need due to inability at that point 
to move residents on to nursing care when required, and a number of clients admitted during COVID are 
still within the care homes, with increased support reflective of their higher care requirements. The 
reduction in overspend within Older People since last period reflects a number of focused pieces of work 
and mitigating actions put in place by the Senior Management Team over the past few months, as well as 
the impact of non‐recurring monies, including £1.968m of winter pressure reserves. 
Physical or Sensory Difficulties  The forecast underspend here reflects both changing client needs and some unavoidable delays due to the 
complexity of need and the availability of appropriate adult placements. 
Learning Difficulties  This projected overspend is reflective of the current demand, client profile, and associated costs within 
adult care placements. 
Mental Health Needs 
The forecast underspend reflects both changing client needs and some unavoidable delays due to the 
complexity of need and the availability of appropriate adult placement. There are also ongoing challenges 
in terms of recruitment and retention issues across all service areas due to the limited availability of the 
skills mix required within the workforce market.  
Addiction Services  The projected underspend here reflects ongoing challenges in terms of recruitment and retention issues 
due to the limited availability of the skills mix required within the workforce market. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page 12 of 260

Page 13

Appendix 2 
 
 
 
 
RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL 
REVENUE BUDGET MONITORING STATEMENT 2023/24 
1 April 2023 to 5 January 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
POLICY BOARD :  LEADERSHIP BOARD ‐ ADULT SERVICES 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subjective Summary 
Annual 
Budget at 
Period 8 
Budget 
Adjustments 
Revised 
Annual 
Budget at 
Period 10 
Projected 
Outturn 
Budget Variance  
(Adverse) or 
Favourable 
Previous 
Projected 
Outturn 
Variance 
Movement 
 
 
£000  £000  £000  £000  £000  %  £000  £000 
Employees  39,797  1,478  41,275  40,678  597  1.4%  183  414 
Premises Related  462  48  510  685  (175)  (34.3%)  (96)  (79) 
Transport Related  818  0  818  603  215  26.3%  215  0 
Supplies and Services  3,668  5  3,673  3,919  (247)  (6.7%)  (166)  (81) 
Third Party Payments  80,231  890  81,121  82,361  (1,240)  (1.5%)  (2,103)  863 
Transfer Payments  2,978  6  2,984  2,837  147  4.9%  163  (16) 
Support Services  70  0  70  56  14  20.0%  15  (1) 
Depreciation and Impairment Losses  0  0  0  0  0  0.0%  0  0 
GROSS EXPENDITURE  128,023  2,427  130,450  131,139  (689)  (0.5%)             (1,789)  1,100 
Income  (30,523)  (2,427)  (32,950)  (32,817)  (133)  (0.4%)  241  (374) 
NET EXPENDITURE  97,500  0  97,500  98,322  (822)  (0.8%)             (1,548)                   726  
 
 
 
Page 13 of 260

Page 14

Appendix 2 
 
 
 
 
RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL 
REVENUE BUDGET MONITORING STATEMENT 2023/24 
1 April 2023 to 5 January 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
POLICY BOARD :  LEADERSHIP BOARD ‐ CHIEF EXECUTIVE'S SERVICE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Objective Summary 
Annual 
Budget at 
Period 8 
Budget 
Adjustments 
Revised 
Annual 
Budget at 
Period 10 
Projected 
Outturn 
Budget Variance  
(Adverse) or Favourable 
Previous 
Projected 
Outturn 
Variance 
Movement 
 
 
£000  £000  £000  £000  £000  %  £000  £000 
Chief Executive and Management  282  0  282  280  2  0.7%  2  0 
Policy and Commissioning  3,073  0  3,073  3,076  (3)  (0.1%)  0  (3) 
Marketing and Communications  3,198  9  3,207  3,203  4  0.1%  4  0 
City Deal & Infrastructure  0  0  0  0  0  0.0%  0  0 
Leisure Services (incl Renfrewshire 
Leisure) 
12,619  11  12,630  12,630  0  0.0%  0  0 
NET EXPENDITURE  19,172  20  19,192  19,189  3  0.0%  6  (3)         
Objective Heading  Key Reasons for Projected Variance 
Chief Executive and Management  No significant projected year end variances to report. 
Policy and Commissioning  No significant projected year end variances to report. 
Marketing and Communications  No significant projected year end variances to report. 
City Deal & Infrastructure  No significant projected year end variances to report. 
Leisure Services (incl Renfrewshire 
Leisure) 
No significant projected year end variances to report. 
 
 
Page 14 of 260

Page 15

Appendix 2 
 
 
 
 
RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL 
REVENUE BUDGET MONITORING STATEMENT 2023/24 
1 April 2023 to 5 January 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
POLICY BOARD :  LEADERSHIP BOARD ‐ CHIEF EXECUTIVE'S SERVICE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subjective Summary 
Annual 
Budget at 
Period 8 
Budget 
Adjustments 
Revised 
Annual 
Budget at 
Period 10 
Projected 
Outturn 
Budget Variance  
(Adverse) or Favourable 
Previous 
Projected 
Outturn 
Variance 
Movement 
 
 
£000  £000  £000  £000  £000  %  £000  £000 
Employees  3,715  1  3,715  3,704  11  0.3%  27  (16) 
Premises Related  423  19  442  430  12  2.7%  13  (1) 
Transport Related  1  0  1  1  0  0.0%  0  0 
Supplies and Services  14,060  1  14,060  14,066  (6)  0.0%  (16)  10 
Third Party Payments  0  0  0  0  0  0.0%  0  0 
Transfer Payments  1,716  0  1,716  1,718  (2)  (0.1%)  (5)  3 
Support Services  4  0  4  4  0  0.0%  0  0 
Depreciation and Impairment Losses  0  0  0  0  0  0.0%  0  0 
GROSS EXPENDITURE  19,918  20  19,938  19,923  15  0.1%  19  (4) 
Income  (746)  0  (746)  (734)  (12)  (1.6%)  (13)  1 
NET EXPENDITURE  19,172  20  19,192  19,189  3  0.0%  6  (3) 
Page 15 of 260

Page 16

Page 16 of 260

Page 17

Appendix 3 
 
 
 
 
 
Prior Years Budget Budget  Revised  Projected 
Expenditure at P8 Adjustments Budget Outturn Total Approved Projected
to 31/03/2023 2023/24 2023/24 2023/24 2023‐24 Budget Outturn 
Project Title to 31‐Mar‐27to 31‐Mar‐27
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
LEISURE SERVICES
Community Halls Refurbishment 24,736 885 0 885 885 0 0% 3,433 3,433 0 0%
Linwood Running Track at On-X 0 200 154 354 354 0 0% 200 200 0 0%
Lagoon Internal Play Centre 0 0 0 0 0 0 0% 1,000 1,000 0 0%
Total Leisure Services 24,736 1,085 154 1,239 1,239 0 0% 4,633 4,633 0 0%
CHIEF EXECUTIVES
City Deal Projects
Glasgow Airport Investment Area 40,616 372 0 372 372 0 0% 43,053 43,053 0 0%
Clyde Waterfront & Renfrew Riverside 55,054 44,208 (2,437) 41,771 41,771 0 0% 118,604 118,604 0 0%
Airport Access 2,934 0 0 0 0 0 0% 141,992 141,992 0 0%
Economic Development
GAIA Regeneration 0 3,391 0 3,391 3,391 0 0% 3,391 3,391 0 0%
AMIDS: Public Realm Phase 1 Netherton Square 3,596 337 0 337 337 0 0% 3,933 3,933 0 0%
AMIDS: District Heating Network 6,263 830 0 830 830 0 0% 7,093 7,093 0 0%
AMIDS: South 3,096 1,735 269 2,004 2,004 0 0% 43,625 43,625 0 0%
Total Chief Executives 111,559 50,874 (2,168) 48,706 48,706 0 0% 361,691 361,691 0 0%
TOTAL LEADERSHIP BOARD 136,295 51,959 (2,014) 49,945 49,945 0 0% 366,324 366,324 0 0%
*Rolling programmes have a prior year  expenditure of £0 as the expenditure is not directly linked from one year to the next as a singular project.
Budget Variance 
(Adverse) or 
Budget Variance 
(Adverse) or 
RENFREWSHIRE COUNCIL
CAPITAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY ‐ NON‐HOUSING SERVICES
1 April 2023 to 5 January 2024
POLICY BOARD: LEADERSHIP
Current Year 2023‐24 Full Programme ‐ All years
Page 17 of 260

Page 18

Page 18 of 260

Page 19

Minute of Meeting
Fairer Renfrewshire Sub-committee 
Date Time Venue
Wednesday, 27 March 2024 10:00 Council Chambers (Renfrewshire), Council
Headquarters, Renfrewshire House, Cotton
Street, Paisley, PA1 1AN 
Present: Councillor Jacqueline Cameron, Councillor Graeme Clark, Councillor Anne
Hannigan, Councillor Marie McGurk, Councillor Iain Nicolson, Councillor Andy Steel 
Chair
Councillor Jacqueline Cameron, Convener, presided. 
In Attendance
L McIntyre, Head of Policy & Partnerships, A Armstrong-Walter, Strategic Partnership &
Inequalities Manager, D Dunn, Social Renewal Lead Officer (all Chief Executive’s); and C
MacDonald, Senior Committee Services Officer and D Cunningham, Committee Services
and Licensing Officer (both Finance & Resources). 
Apology
Councillor Leishman. 
Declarations of Interest and Transparency Statements
There were no declarations of interest intimated prior to the commencement of the
meeting. 
Webcasting of Meeting
Prior to the commencement of the meeting the Convener intimated that this meeting of the
Sub-committee would be filmed for live or subsequent broadcast via the Council's internet
site. 
Item 2
Page 19 of 260

Page 20

1(a)  Cost of Living Update
There was submitted a report by the Chief Executive relative to an overview of the
key context and evidence around current pressures on household finances, both in
terms of household income and expenditure. 
The report intimated that since the last meeting of the Sub-Committee on 31 January
2024, there had been a number of changes in economic factors including a decrease
in the Energy Price Cap from 1 April 2024, meaning households were paying less for
their energy use, while inflation had reduced to 4% and interest rates had remained
the same.  The report also highlighted the latest insights into the cost of living from
the Office of National Statistics in January. 
DECIDED: That the report be noted. 
1(b)  Draft Cost of Living Dashboard
The Strategic Partnership & Inequalities Manager gave a presentation relative to the
Cost-of-Living Dashboard. 
The presentation gave a brief overview of the dashboard; highlighted key statistics;
and detailed average monthly rent costs and rent affordability. 
DECIDED:  That the presentation be noted. 
2 Fairer Renfrewshire Programme Update
There was submitted a report by the Chief Executive relative to key projects being
progressed through the Fairer Renfrewshire Programme, highlighting key priorities
which would be the focus of future activity. 
The report provided updates on current projects, detailed within Section 4 of the
report, including the Scottish Government Council Tax Debt Pilot Project; School
Support Service; Lived Experience Panel; Community Needs Assessment in
Gallowhill; Easter holiday provision; Thrive Under 5; and the Fair Food
Renfrewshire.  The report also highlighted key priorities for the Fairer Renfrewshire
Programme for March to June 2024. 
DECIDED:  That the report be noted. 
3 Alcohol and Drugs Change Programme Update
The Strategic Partnership & Inequalities Manager gave a presentation relative to an
update on the Alcohol and Drugs Change Programme. 
The presentation outlined the timeline; gave an update on service; partnership and
research developments; highlighted the resources available; advised of the
importance of housing services; detailed facilities visited; gave a brief overview of the
Page 20 of 260

Page 21

focus on trauma; indicated how the evaluation would be carried out; and advised of
the next steps. 
DECIDED: That the presentation be noted. 
Page 21 of 260

Page 22

Page 22 of 260

Page 23

_____________________________________________________________________________________
To:  Leadership Board
On:  1 May 2024
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Report by: Chief Executive 
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Heading: Fairer Renfrewshire Update
_____________________________________________________________________________________
1. Summary 
1.1 The Council and its partners continue to work together to progress the Fairer Renfrewshire
Programme, with a strong shared focus currently on the local response to the cost-of-living crisis. 
1.2 This paper provides a summary of the key headline issues, as reported to the Fairer Renfrewshire
Sub-Committee on 27 March 2023. Specific updates are also provided in relation to: 
• The most recent programme update including information on recent statistics and research in
relation to the cost-of-living crisis.
• The proposed Fairer Renfrewshire Programme 24/25.
• Response to the Scottish Government’s National Good Food Nation Plan Consultation 
1.3 At Council on 29th February 2024, members reaffirmed their commitment to the Fairer
Renfrewshire programme with further investments in a number of targeted interventions
including additional welfare rights funding, a targeted programme of summer activities for
children and young people from low-income families, additional resource to explore inequalities
experienced by older people and strengthen engagement with young people, and a further winter
school clothing payment in 2024. 
1.4 This paper makes recommendations for the allocation of a further £0.516m of Council funding to
support the Fairer Renfrewshire work programme for 2024/25, sustaining and developing a
number of key projects and services that contribute to the Fairer Renfrewshire programme as
detailed at Section 5 of this report.  
Item 3
Page 23 of 260

Page 24

1.5 Section 6 of this paper notes the planned closure of the Renfrewshire Head Injuries Service on 7
June, and recommends that officers work with all stakeholders involved including service users,
to develop options for the transition to a new model of support, with an additional £90,000 being
earmarked from the Fairer Renfrewshire programme funding to support the development of a
community led support model for people impacted by a brain injury and their families.   Further
proposals in relation to the allocation of the funding will be brought to Leadership Board on 19
June 2024, subject to the agreed development work to be undertaken by the Policy and
Partnerships service. 
1.6 Officers continue to work with partners to progress the Fairer Renfrewshire programme.  Priority
actions over the next quarter include:
• Evaluation of the Winter Connections 23/24 programme 
• Development of the Local Child Poverty Action Report 
• Developing and delivering budget investments, particularly the design and delivery of the
summer holiday programme 
• Development of equalities workstream as detailed in February 2024 Leadership Board 
• Launch of Renfrewshire Community Survey 2024 
_________________________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
2.1 It is recommended that elected members: 
• Note the content of the report and the work being undertaken to progress the Fairer
Renfrewshire programme;
• Approve the allocation of £0.516m from the Fairer Renfrewshire Programme budget, to
deliver key additional elements of the 24/25 Fairer Renfrewshire programme detailed in
Section 5
• Agree that officers will engage with stakeholders on the development of a new community-
led model of support for people impacted by a brain injury and their families, with £90,000
funding earmarked from the Fairer Renfrewshire funding to support this upon final agreement
and approval of the model in June 2024.
• Agree that delegated authority is provided to the Head of Policy and Partnerships in relation
to the award of grant funding for the summer holiday activity and food programme, in
consultation with the Council Leader and;
• Homologate the consultation response attached at Appendix 1 submitted in relation to the
National Good Food Nation Plan. 
______________________________________________________________________________________
Page 24 of 260

Page 25

3. Background 
3.1 The Fairer Renfrewshire Programme has continued to develop during 2023, with the immediate
focus of the Council and its partners being in relation to the ongoing cost of living response and
wider initiatives which seek to tackle poverty and inequality. This is a fast paced and constantly
evolving programme and the Fairer Renfrewshire Sub-Committee continues to meet to provide
oversight on all related activities being undertaken. 
3.2 As previously reported to Board, four key themes were identified for the initial Fairer
Renfrewshire programme: 
• Improving financial security 
• Advancing equality of opportunity
• Building community capacity and resilience 
• Listening to lived experience 
3.3 At its meeting on 27 March 2024, the sub-committee considered:
• The most recent programme update including information on recent statistics and research in
relation to the cost-of-living crisis.
• A presentation of an initial Renfrewshire Cost-of-Living dashboard which has been developed 
• Updates in relation new projects being brought forward such as the Schools Support Service
providing advice in secondary schools, as well as progress updates on priority actions such as
supporting the Fairer Renfrewshire lived experience panel
• An update on the Alcohol and Drugs Change Programme 
3.4 In terms of key statistics highlighted at the meeting of the sub-committee it is worth noting: 
• The rate of inflation has reduced to 3.2% (Feb 24), falling from 4% in January 24 but
remaining above the 2% target set by the Bank of England.  This was largely attributed to
a fall in some core food staples.  Whilst it is positive to see lower rates of inflation, this
does not mean prices are falling.  Put most simply prices are now rising less quickly and
most things continue to cost more than they did before.
• The Bank of England has kept the interest rate unchanged at 5.25% as of 21 March 2024,
which is the highest rate in 15 years. 
• The Energy Price Cap, originally introduced by Ofgem in January 2019 to set limits on the
underlying rates energy suppliers, is now set at £1,928, but will reduce to £1,690 from the 1
April until 30 June 2024 for a typical dual fuel household. This will be the lowest rate for 2
years.
• Standing charges for pre-payment meters have reduced to below those for households
who pay by direct debit, meaning those on pre-payment meters are currently likely to be
paying less for their energy.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Page 25 of 260

Page 26

4. Fairer Renfrewshire Programme Update 
4.1 Since the last update to Leadership Board in February 2024, a range of activities have continued
to be progressed by officers and partners.  A summary is provided in the sections below.
Scottish Government Council Tax Debt Pilot Project
4.2 As previously reported, in November 2023, Renfrewshire Citizens Advice Bureau (RCAB)
approached the Council to collaborate in a Council Tax Debt Pilot funded through the Scottish
Government. The pilot focuses on exploring how local Citizens Advice Bureau and local
authorities can work together to improve the journey of those who are in council tax arrears or
struggling to make council tax payment. The aim is to provide better outcomes for people and for
local authorities and Renfrewshire is one of three Council areas involved.
4.3 The Pilot ran to the end of March 2024, however due to the very short period of the Pilot, allowing
for only limited outcomes, the Council and RCAB have agreed to continue to collaborate over the
next year to develop supports and better information about these supports for those struggling
to pay Council Tax, as well as working to encourage those who can pay to do so timeously and
those who are not liable for Council Tax to claim their reductions or exemptions.
4.4 The Fairer Renfrewshire Panel were consulted as part of the Pilot, and provided feedback in a
number of areas, including the current processes for billing and payment, barriers to paying
Council Tax, communications, including better letters, and supports for those struggling to pay.
The first tangible outcome from this has been the development of a leaflet by RCAB giving details
of where to get advice on different aspects of Council Tax and outlining supports around
payment.
4.5 Regular meetings have commenced between relevant Council Officers and RCAB staff, and while
the outcomes of the initial pilot will be provided through an evaluation report which will collate
the learnings and achieved outcomes from all three funded local authority areas, Renfrewshire
will consider these as part of the ongoing project.
Thrive under 5 
4.6 Late in 2023, Renfrewshire HSCP secured Scottish Government Childhood Obesity- Early
Intervention and Prevention Funding. The funding is supporting the development and
implementation of a ‘Thrive under 5’ pilot programme. Thrive under 5 is a whole system,
community food nurturing approach with families of pre-school children, combining action on
food and financial insecurity, healthy eating and physical activity. Following a review of child
health and wellbeing data and community assets it was agreed that Thrive under 5 would be
piloted in Johnstone with a view to further roll out dependant on the allocation of further
funding. 
4.7 Key elements of the programme will include money and debt advice, provision of fruit and
vegetables, free pantry membership and shops, fuel support, cooking classes, provision of
cooking equipment and physical activity opportunities.
4.8 A steering group has been set up by Renfrewshire HSCP and includes Council Officers from
several services, including Advice Works and One Ren as well as third sector partners.
Representatives from Fair Food Renfrewshire are also part of the group. This group will plan,
Page 26 of 260

Page 27

implement, monitor and evaluate the programme. The initial pilot will be delivered by Active
Communities with support from Renfrewshire HSCP Health Improvement team. Robust referral
pathways will be developed to ensure the programme reaches families who may benefit most.
School Support Service
4.9 The School Support service provided by Renfrewshire Citizens Advice Bureau commenced at the
start of the school year, with the first appointments week commencing 23 August 2023. From that
date until the end of February there had been 113 advice appointments/contacts made, and
advice provided to 76 individuals.
4.10 The busiest schools have been Linwood with 16 appointments, followed by ASN schools,
Riverbrae (14) and Mary Russell (13), then Johnstone High (11). Reasons for appointments have
been varied, however the majority, 62% have been for support with benefits and benefit checks,
with housing the second busiest area at 11% and 7% have come forward for crisis support, such
as foodbank vouchers.
4.11 A meeting was arranged with Education staff in March to look at how the service is working in
general and Education managers were informed about the schools where take up of the service
was low. It was agreed that further promotion of the service would be targeted at those schools
and a further meeting will be arranged to discuss results.
Easter holiday provision 
4.12 A focussed programme of holiday activities for children and young people throughout the Easter
break has been developed and delivered using residual funding identified from previous holiday
provision. Camps were provided across six locations by Community Learning and Development
staff and Street Stuff for children and young people aged 5-14. The camps are free and a meal is
provided at lunch time. Information and booking for the camps was shared with key third sector
organisations and also on a referral basis from Social Work in order to ensure effective targeting
of places to children that need it most.          
Winter Connections
4.13 The Winter Connections programme for 23/24 which launched at the end of September ended on
31 March 2024. At the Leadership Board in June 2023, it was agreed that £75,000 of funding be
allocated from Fairer Renfrewshire programme and an additional £10,000 was awarded from the
Recovery Change Fund to ensure Winter Connections activities were open to people affected by
drugs and alcohol and people living with mental illness.
4.14 There were 58 applications to the programme which were assessed by officers from Renfrewshire
Council, the Health and Social Care Partnership and Engage Renfrewshire.
4.15 Of the 58 applications, 46 were successful, 11 were unsuccessful and one application was
withdrawn. Unsuccessful applications were signposted to alternative sources of funding where
appropriate.
4.16 A further £6,000 was allocated to One Ren to provide hot drinks, soup and snacks in all
Renfrewshire libraries. This included drinks and snacks for the twice weekly film club at Ferguslie
Park which was set up as part of Winter Connections last year and has continued to run. It also
provided free drinks and snacks for families using the SkoobMobile service at their community
stops.
Page 27 of 260

Page 28

4.17 A wide range of activities were provided as part of the programme, some of which were tailored
to the age of those attending. These included coffee mornings, choirs, fitness classes and fun
activities for all ages, such as bingo, board games, quizzes and movies.  Some projects were
targeted specifically at older people or younger people, but many aimed to be intergenerational
and to attract families.
4.18 A full evaluation of the programme will be carried out over April 2024, with key findings being
reported to the Leadership Board in June 2024.
Lived Experience Panel
4.19 Elected Members have been given a number of updates relating to work of the Fairer
Renfrewshire Panel. The February meeting of the Panel was used to discuss digital exclusion and
the DigiZone initiative. A sub-group of Renfrewshire’s digital partnership, Citizens Voice, has been
working to introduce DigiZones which will be locations within Renfrewshire where any member of
the public can connect to the internet as a minimum, but may also be able to gain digital skills
support and access devices. Panel members were positive about the proposed initiative and also
gave an insight into the issue of digital exclusion. The Digital Strategy Delivery Manager has
agreed to consult with the Panel when he is reviewing the Council’s Digital Strategy.
4.20 March’s Panel, as detailed above, was used to discuss Council Tax and the Council Tax Pilot, while
the Panel met with the Convener and Depute of the Fairer Renfrewshire Sub-Committee late in
March to discuss Panel priorities and explore opportunities for the Panel and Sub-Committee to
work more closely. 
Child poverty – deep dive activity
4.21 Work has now commenced on a child poverty deep dive exercise at a Community Planning
Partnership level, with a discussion held with the Community Planning Partnership Executive
Group in January to discuss some of the initial insights.  In addition to considering partners’
current activity and intelligence on child poverty at a strategic level, and partners were asked to
consider how we could work differently with the resources available going forward. A particular
focus is on reviewing how resources are used and could be targeted to support families in the
child poverty priority groups.  A follow up session will be held with the Executive Group in June
2024 
Community Needs Assessment in Gallowhill
4.22 Late in 2023, Renfrewshire HSCP was successful in a funding bid to NHSGGC Public Health to carry
out a Community Needs Assessment in Gallowhill. Recognising the increase in Child Poverty rates
in the Gallowhill and Renfrew South Ward, a rapid review of the data for Gallowhill has
highlighted a number of health indicators which have worsened precipitating the funding bid.
4.23 Council Officers worked with those from Renfrewshire HSCP to pull together a specification for
commissioning a local organisation to facilitate a Grassroots Community Needs Assessment in
Gallowhill for a six-month period. The organisation which is commissioned will involve the
community in the assessment, which will identify community needs and capture community
responses to the health indicators affecting local individuals and families in the area. They will
scope existing services, reporting on their findings at the end of the six-month period.
Page 28 of 260

Page 29

4.24 The closing date for organisations to apply to carry out this piece of work is 8 April, and a Panel
made up of HSCP, Engage Renfrewshire and Renfrewshire Council Officers will meet soon after to
make the decision on applications.
4.25 A partnership session took place on 21 March 2024, bringing together services from across the
Council and key partners such as the HSCP, One Ren, and Engage Renfrewshire focussed on
exploring and planning a place-based, partnership response to challenges around rapidly
growing child poverty in the Gallowhill area. The session was focussed on sharing knowledge and
insight, and starting to identify potential actions where we can develop our understanding, target
resources and work collaboratively moving forward. 
_____________________________________________________________________________________
5. Fairer Renfrewshire 2024/2025 Programme 
5.1 At Council on 29th February 2024, members further reaffirmed their commitment to the Fairer
Renfrewshire programme with further investments in a number of targeted interventions
including:
• additional welfare rights funding, delivered by Renfrewshire Citizens Advice Bureau 
• a targeted programme of summer activities for children and young people from low income
families, working across Council services with community groups and third sector
organisations across Renfrewshire to ensure that our most vulnerable families are able to
access a range of activities and healthy food over the summer period
• additional resource to explore inequalities experienced by older people, delivered by ROAR
• strengthened engagement with young people, including the targeting of activities to
support our most vulnerable children and young people in Renfrewshire through the
development of a youth-led programme
• a further winter school clothing payment in 2024, providing £50 per child eligible for the
School Clothing Grant
• continued delivery of the Dolly Parton Imagination library programme, for all children aged
between 2-5
• continued deliver of the Who Cares Scotland Communities that Care programme within
Renfrewshire’s educational establishments, continuing the Council’s support for the care
experienced community 
5.2 In terms of the summer holiday programme, proposals for the programme are currently under
development through further consultation with the Fairer Renfrewshire Panel.  It is currently
proposed that £50,000 of the £100,000 funding available is allocated through a grant funding
process which local community and third sector organisations can access to deliver targeted
local activities and healthy food to low income families and children. It is proposed that the grant
guidance and process is retained from summer 2023, and launched in May 2024.   
5.3 In order to ensure grant allocations can be made as timeously as possible ahead of the summer
break, members are asked to authorise the provision of delegated authority to the Head of Policy
Page 29 of 260

Page 30

and Partnerships to make related grants awards in consultation with the Council Leader.  A full
update on all grant allocations will be provided to the Leadership Board in September 2024. 
5.4 In addition to the commitments within the Council’s budget, further proposals have now been
developed for additional investments from Fairer Renfrewshire programme funding to be
allocated for 2024/25. These relate to previously supported Tackling Poverty funded initiatives as
well as new and emerging priorities and combined with the 2024 budget announcements will
form the 2024 programme for Fairer Renfrewshire.   
5.5 These funding proposals total an additional £0.516m to be allocated from Fairer Renfrewshire
funding.  All activities are intended to be very targeted with a sharpened focus on priorities
identified through the wider programme, recognising the limited nature of the Council’s
resources.   Any projects supported by Fairer Renfrewshire funding will be required to monitor
impact and provide required information for collation by the Fairer Renfrewshire Lead Officer. 
5.6 It is recommended that a further £0.516m is allocated from the Fairer Renfrewshire programme to
support the following initiatives and supports as part of the 2024/25 work programme: 
Improving financial security 
5.7 There are a number of investments across the Fairer Renfrewshire programme aimed at
improving financial security for households. This includes investments which directly put money
into the pockets of local people, such as adding additional funding to the Scottish Welfare Fund
and providing the additional winter school clothing grant for low-income families. In addition,
there are several investments which provide additional capacity for local income maximisation
services on a targeted basis currently funded from the Fairer Renfrewshire budget, including the
Schools Support Service and Family Advice Service. 
5.8 It is recommended that a further £115,000 is allocated to:
• sustain support to the Council’s Energy Management Unit, helping people who need support
to reduce their energy bills, manage fuel debt and improve the energy efficiency in their
homes. Fairer Renfrewshire currently funds one energy advocate within the team.
• Deliver another Winter Connections programme in 24/25, co-producing a programme of
activities hosted by local groups that support people to connect to others within their
community over the winter period. It is recommended £75,000 is allocated to this, in line with
the 23/24 programme. 
Supporting health and wellbeing for low-income families with children 
5.9 There are a number of projects aimed at supporting the health, wellbeing and development of
children and young people from low-income families with children as part of the Fairer
Renfrewshire programme, a number of which were established in some form as part of the
Page 30 of 260

Page 31

Council’s Tackling Poverty Programme. As part of the Council’s budget £100,000 was allocated to
provide a programme of activities and food for children and young people over the summer
holidays. 
5.10 It is recommended that a further £361k is allocated to: 
• Continue providing the free universal breakfast service in nine primary schools. The project
relieves financial pressure on low-income families, but most importantly, makes sure that
children start the school day ready to learn.
• Continue the Cost of the School Day fund, operating across all primary and secondary schools
in Renfrewshire, directly supporting families in a variety of ways including uniforms, food,
transport, extra-curricular activities and curricular expenses. 
• Continue to deliver the Peer Health education project in partnership with Active
Communities, working with young people in secondary schools across Renfrewshire to
identify key health priorities in their school and developing young people to lead their own
activities to improve health and wellbeing, with a focus on mental health. 
• Continue to provide the Skoobmobile, providing a mobile public library service directly to
children and families in communities. The programme continues to support the delivery of
the Skoobmobile which introduces children to the benefit of reading and play and supports
the Council’s ambitions to narrow the literacy attainment gap. 
Developing understanding and insight 
5.11 There are a number of key projects within the Fairer Renfrewshire programme which seek to
develop the understanding and insight into the experiences of local households and inform policy
and practice moving forward. These include the development of Renfrewshire’s Cost of Living
Dashboard and the Child Poverty Data Deep Dive which will seem to understand child poverty
locally, particularly for priority families and at locality level. A Renfrewshire Community Survey
will also be carried out in 2024 to continue to build understanding of impacts of the pandemic
and cost of living crisis on individual households. These key enabling projects are all delivered
within existing staffing resources supporting the Fairer Renfrewshire programme. 
5.12 It is recommended that £40k is allocated to: 
• Continue to develop models of participation for people with lived experience of poverty to
inform the Council’s policy and practice 
Advancing equality of opportunity 
5.13 At Leadership Board in February 2024, members approved the allocation of £150,000 for the
development of an equalities workstream within the Fairer Renfrewshire programme to be
progressed throughout 2024/25. In addition to this, further resources were allocated as part of
Page 31 of 260

Page 32

the Council budget relating to barriers experienced by older people in partnership with ROAR,
and work is also underway to develop the Council’s BSL Plan moving forward. 
_____________________________________________________________________________________
6 Renfrewshire Head Injuries Service 
6.1 Elected members will be aware that the Renfrewshire Head Injuries Service provided by Quarriers
will come to an end on 7 June 2024.  The Council has provided some support to the delivery of the
overall service in recent years, specifically through funding to support service users and their
wider family to navigate the social and wellbeing impacts of a brain injury. 
6.2 Whilst the overall service will close, there is strong support from a range of stakeholders to
develop a new community led model of support going forward, which could ensure that the
holistic support required by people impacted by a brain injury and their families can continue to
be available across Renfrewshire.  This includes support around issues such as employability,
income advice, health and wellbeing and social isolation, particularly given the ongoing impact of
the pandemic and the cost of living crisis. 
6.3 In terms of developing a community led model of support, there is potential interest from a range
of stakeholders to take this forward at pace given the planned closure of the service on 6 June.  It
is recommended that officers work with all stakeholders involved including service users, to
develop options for the transition to a new model of support.  This work would be co-ordinated
by the Policy and Partnerships service, drawing in support and advice from Engage Renfrewshire
on governance and potential funding opportunities.   
6.4 Indicative funding of £90,000 has been identified from Fairer Renfrewshire programme funding,
which could be utilised to support transition arrangements subject to the development of a
formal proposal for consideration by elected members, which would include future
recommendations on funding over a longer term period.  Given the pressing nature of this issue,
officers will prioritise this development work and bring a further report outlining next steps to the
Leadership Board on 19 June. 
_____________________________________________________________________________________
7. Good Food Nation (Scotland) Act Consultation 
7.1 Regular updates are provided to Leadership Board on the Fair Food Renfrewshire programme. 
The steering group established to drive the local approach to Fair Food has recently drafted and
submitted a partnership response to the Scottish Government’s consultation on the Good Food
Nation Plan.  The consultation is seeking views on proposed national Good Food Nation
outcomes, ways of measuring progress and insight into how different groups envision life in a
Good Food Nation.
Page 32 of 260

Page 33

7.2 The Good Food Nation (Scotland) Act 2022 places a requirement on the Scottish Government to
develop and implement a National Good Food Nation (GFN) Plan, and also requires other relevant
authorities (32 Local Authorities and 14 Health Boards) to develop and implement Local GFN
Plans.
7.3 In preparing these Plans, the Scottish Government and relevant authorities must also take into
consideration how food-related issues can affect outcomes relating to; social and economic
wellbeing, the environment (climate change, wildlife, and natural environment), health and
physical/mental wellbeing, economic development, animal welfare, education, and child
poverty.
7.4 The draft National Good Food Nation Plan was published on 24 January 2024 with the public
consultation being launched on the same day. The consultation closed on 22 April 2024 and a
local response was developed and submitted in consultation with the Council Leader and Depute
which is attached as Appendix 1 to this report.  Members are therefore asked to homologate the
submission of the response. The Council’s consultation response has also been submitted to
COSLA as a draft to inform the combined local authority response developed by COSLA. 
_____________________________________________________________________________________
8. Next steps 
8.1 Officers continue to work with partners to progress the Fairer Renfrewshire programme.  Priority
actions over the next quarter include:
• Evaluation of Winter Connections 23/24 
• Development of the Local Child Poverty Action Report 
• Developing and delivering budget investments, particularly the design and delivery of the
summer holiday programme 
• Development of equalities workstream as detailed in February 2024 Leadership Board 
• Launch of Renfrewshire Community Survey 2024 
________________________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report
1. Financial – this paper recommends that additional funding of £0.516m from Fairer Renfrewshire funding
be allocated to support the delivery of the programme throughout 2024/25.  This is in addition to budget
commitments made as part of the Council’s budget setting process in February 2024. 
2. HR & Organisational Development – none 
3. Community/Council Planning – This report provides a summary of current partnership activities being
progressed through the Fairer Renfrewshire programme, with a key focus on tackling the inequalities that
exist in Renfrewshire. 
4. Legal - none 
5. Property/Assets - none 
Page 33 of 260

Page 34

6. Information Technology - none 
7. Equality and Human Rights – The report provides an overview of key activities undertaken as part of the
Fairer Renfrewshire programme, and as such there continues to be a high level of equalities and human
rights consideration across this programme – the activities detailed in this report are targeted specifically
at advancing equality of opportunity for a number of groups across the Renfrewshire area. 
8. Health and Safety - none 
9.  Procurement – none 
10. Risk – none 
11.  Privacy Impact – none 
12. COSLA Policy Position – none 
13. Climate Risk – none 
Author: Laura McIntyre, Head of Policy and Partnership
Page 34 of 260

Page 35

Appendix 1 
Scottish Government’s National Good Food Nation Plan Consultation 
Renfrewshire Council Response 
Introduction 
The Scottish Government is developing the national Good Food Nation Plan. This is a requirement of
the Good Food Nation (Scotland) Act 2022, which was passed in Summer 2022. This Good Food Nation Plan
is intended to set out the Scottish Government’s goals for food policy and how it intends to achieve them.
Our food system is a source of incredible success: the Scottish food and drink sector generates turnover of
around £15 billion per annum, and exports of Scottish food and drink were valued at £8.1 billion in 2022.
Our fantastic food industry provides employment from the local farmers' market to the export of
Scotland's finest produce across the globe. This success contributes positively to the wellbeing of the food
and drink workforce, while also making it easier for the population to access healthy food options. Food
enables a healthy population to enjoy life to its fullest. Our establishment of the Good Food Nation body of
work recognises this and the importance of Scotland’s food and drink sector not only to our economy, but
also to our culture, heritage, and society.
Food is fundamental to everything we do, but it can be taken for granted and the supply chain that
produces it is sometimes overlooked. Whilst there is much to celebrate in our food system, there are also
challenges that we must meet head-on: our food system and the people who work in the food sector need
and deserve stewardship and care. A key aim of our work to be a Good Food Nation is to shift the dial so
people can make healthier choices in what they eat.
We know that many households in Scotland experience food insecurity on a regular basis or are
intermittently worried about being able to access food. Diet-related ill health is also more pervasive in
communities experiencing deprivation. In striving to achieve our Good Food Nation ambitions we must do
so for all communities and leave no one behind. Reducing socio-economic and other inequalities is part of
being a Good Food Nation. When creating future food policy to align with the overarching outcomes set out
in this plan, consideration of such inequalities needs to be a key focus to avoid unintended consequences.
The Scottish Government is already taking action to reduce inequality; provide greater food resilience and
security; enable healthy and local food choices; and support our food and drink sector, all while working
towards our net zero goals. However, making important and necessary long-term changes to our food
system and achieving ambitious food-related goals will take time. As things stand, the Scottish
Government does not have full control of all the levers that can be used to influence all aspects of the food
system and people’s ability to access healthier food. The impact of Brexit has also been significant: as
the UK now sits outwith the EU it is required to conduct its own trade negotiations. Scotland’s ability to
influence its food system is thus further limited by the fact that we are not represented in our own right at
these international-level discussions and negotiations.
An independent Scotland would have full control over all the levers and resources linked to food policy,
which would have a material effect on what we can achieve and how quickly. We are publishing a series of
papers on the subject of Building A New Scotland: these papers form our prospectus for an independent
Scotland and set out many issues linked to food.
Page 35 of 260

Page 36

This first Good Food Nation Plan represents how the Scottish Government intends to use the powers and
levers we do have to work collectively with people, communities, businesses, agencies, and organisations
to meet our Good Food Nation ambitions.
The first draft national Good Food Nation Plan sets out the following:
• Part One outlines the history of the Good Food Nation in Scotland and highlights how the plan will
take effect. This part does not form part of this consultation, but it provides relevant background
information.
• Part Two proposes a set of six national Good Food Nation Outcomes and sets out how they were
developed and how progress will be measured. We will ask you questions about the Outcomes as
well as the measures.
• Part Three highlights how working mechanisms within government will change and presents some
of the key food related policies that are currently under way. It also presents what life would be like
for different groups of people under a Good Food Nation. We are particularly interested in
understanding if we have captured correctly what life should be like in a Good Food Nation.
This consultation seeks views on all three Parts of the draft national Plan, and we hope you and others will
take part. As part of this consultation, we are also seeking views on specified functions, which will be
defined in secondary legislation. Specified functions are very important as it is when Scottish Ministers are
exercising these functions that the plan will take effect. Questions on specified functions will be asked after
the section on the national Good Food Nation Plan. You can choose to respond to some or all of these
questions.
Part A: Consultation on the national Good Food Nation Plan
In collaboration with colleagues across the Scottish Government we have developed a set of six
overarching Outcomes. These Outcomes are ambitious and not meant to be achieved within the first
iteration of this plan. They are necessarily broad in nature as they are designed to be applicable to policies
from across a wide range of areas.
The Outcomes serve as the high-level aspirations for a good food nation: they are not a list of detailed
instructions.
They reflect that there is a continued need to adjust how food is produced, processed, distributed, and
disposed of in Scotland to address the undeniable challenges of climate change and environmental
degradation. This transition to a more sustainable food system also needs to be managed in a just and fair
manner. This includes taking the people who work to put food on our tables along with us and
demonstrating our commitment to continuous improvement in animal welfare. They also acknowledge
that everyone deserves dignified access to good food and that our food system should create a healthy
population.
The Outcomes represent what we would like a sustainable food system in Scotland to look like. The
Outcomes link to other overarching policy frameworks such as the National Performance Framework and
the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals. The Outcomes also link to relevant international
human rights instruments. 
Page 36 of 260

Page 37

Q1. Does each individual Good Food Nation Outcome describe the kind of Scottish food system you
would like to see? 
Outcome 1 Outcome 2 Outcome 3 Outcome 4 Outcome 5 Outcome 6
Strongly
agree      
Mostly
agree
X X X X X X
Neither
agree nor
disagree      
Mostly
disagree      
Strongly
disagree       
Q2. What, if anything, would you change about the Good Food Nation Outcomes and why?
Broadly speaking, the outcomes are supported. Whilst it is appreciated that the Outcomes are high-level
and aspirational, council officers have suggested some strengthening around the wording of the
Outcomes. This may in turn require some further thought with regards to the applicable measures, targets,
indicators, and specified functions.
• Food waste does not feature in any of the Outcomes, and this is a critical area for both poverty and
net zero agendas. This could also include surplus food re-distribution.
• Outcome 1 is very reliant on current economic conditions. Whilst we welcome the inclusion of
“affordable” within the Outcome, the levers to deliver affordable food will often be outwith the
devolved powers of the Scottish Government. Recent world events have contributed to rising costs
and food inflation which could jeopardise affordability.
• There is no mention of Fair Trade or any ethical sources of food in the Outcomes, especially when it
relates to products that cannot be grown or sourced in Scotland. Promotion of seasonal food would
promote buying local, rather than imported food.
• The community element seems to be missing from the Outcomes.
• Although the Food and Drink sector is frequently referenced, it is not clear whether alcohol is
deliberately missing from the Plan. Alcohol can have a significant impact on physical and mental
wellbeing. The food system in Scotland with regards to available land, energy and resources, supply
Scotland’s Drink sector so there is correlation between the two sectors.
• Outcomes 2 and 4 could be strengthened the benefits (particularly to net zero and the local
economy) of having shorter food supply chains, this requires greater collaboration between local
growers, producers, and suppliers. 
Measures, Targets & Indicators 
Q3. Do you think that these targets will contribute to achieving the overall Good Food Nation
Outcomes? 
Strongly agree Mostly agree Neither agree
nor disagree
Mostly
disagree
Strongly
disagree
I don’t know
Page 37 of 260

Page 38

X     
Q4. Would achieving these targets contribute to making the kind of Scottish Food system you would
like to see? 
Strongly agree Mostly agree Neither agree
nor disagree
Mostly
disagree
Strongly
disagree
I don’t know 
X    
Q5. If you have other comments on the suggested Good Food Nation targets, please comment:
• We note that many of the targets listed, are existing targets. By the time the Plan is finalised and
published, some of the timelines will already have been passed. 
• Some of the targets are not fully defined. For example, “Reduce adult diet-related health
inequalities” versus a defined target such as “halve childhood obesity by 2030 and significantly
reduce associated diet-related inequalities”.
• The community element is not well referenced throughout but in terms of measures, it would be
positive to see mention of local food growing projects around growing grounds or allotments and
community larders or pantries.
• There are no targets around the provision and uptake of food education, either for children or
adults.
• With regards to Outcome 3 and its associated indicators/targets it is critical that the supply market
can produce quality and variety of fruit & vegetables to meet demand relating to this outcome. This
will require a consider procurement strategy which supports the increase in supply, whilst
remaining a cost-effective route to market which balances the support for local produce versus
availability.
• There appears to be a very narrow targeting of health-related improvements in relation to weight,
but nothing specific in relation to other diet related diseases or conditions such as heart disease,
diabetes, cancer, and even dental health.
• Whilst breast-feeding targets are welcomed, there should be acknowledgement that for a variety of
reasons not all children can be breastfed. Alternative support targets could be considered to avoid
stigma and ensure dignity.
• The Plan has reducing per capita food waste as a target but there are no Greenhouse Gas emissions
related to food waste as an indicator (only agriculture). 
• Food waste doesn’t feature in the outcomes which is critical from both a social/poverty point of
view but also net zero. 
Q6a. Do you think these indicators will be useful for measuring progress towards the Good Food
Nation Outcomes?
Strongly agree Mostly agree Neither agree
nor disagree
Mostly
disagree
Strongly
disagree
I don’t know 
X    
Page 38 of 260

Page 39

Q6b. Why or why not?
• The indicators are largely quantitative. How will qualitative information be gathered and reported
upon? There is need to share effective best practice. 
• We are interested in how information about fruit and veg intake of children aged 2-15 will be
gathered and measured, and what implication there will be for schools, if any. 
Q7. What other indicators, if any, would you like to see included?
• Number of educational establishments participating in Food for Thought programme. Case Studies
related to best practice should be provided. 
• Qualitative information could also be drawn from schools participating in Hearty Lives projects.
• Qualitative information drawn from Health and Nutrition Inspections (HNI) during Education
Scotland inspections of schools and early years providers. 
• In relation to education, measures of numbers of young people achieving Senior Phase
qualifications in Food Technology.
• The Plan should consider indicators included which relate to the supply of allotments and
community growing spaces, for example the percentage of local authorities complying with the
statutory plots-waiting list numbers threshold stated in Sections 111 and 121 of the Community
Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015; Number of new allotment plots created during a reporting
period, in line with Part 9 of the Community Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015.
• Fruit and vegetable intake of children and adults could be added in addition to the Percentage of
adults and children consuming the recommended 5 portions of fruit and vegetables each day. By
measuring intake, it would give some detail on how many individuals are below the recommended
daily portions.
• The “number of pupils registered for a free school meal and the percentage of pupils utilising
entitlement” would be a better indicator to have alongside or even instead of the “number of pupils
registered for a free school meal” indicator.
• Outcome 1 has no indicator for safe food. Indicators relating to compliance across the food sector
should be considered.
• It might be beneficial to have an indicator on funding committed to food education and community
food projects. Whether or not a target is associated with community food projects/local food
growing could be debated, but there is a potential to include a target related to this, like the
national target for community energy. In Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero there is a metric of
percentage m2 covered by allotments/community growing grounds but there may be a better
measurement that can then be used at a national level and consequently at a local level also.
• There could be an indicator which covers the level of support to local food businesses to be able to
sustain businesses in the current climate.
• Although there are indicators in relation to the number of pupils registered for free school meals, it
should be noted that there are no indicators in relation to holiday food provision. This is an area of
focus for local authorities to ensure access to nutritious food outwith term time.
• In terms of indicators and targets/measures, the indicators could be developed more for example,
Outcome 2 could show some indictors of progression to sustainability such as “number of
agricultural businesses adopting new greener technologies”. This Outcome could also benefit from
some biodiversity indicators. 
• Outcome 4 could include some indicators and measures around fair work such as the number of
people employed on the living wage. Median weekly full-time wage would not necessarily be a good
Page 39 of 260

Page 40

indictor as the Food and Drink industry will have seasonal workers, lots of part-time workers and
possibly agency workers on low hours or zero-hour contracts. It doesn’t point to the Fair Work
Action Plan in the targets/measures either which seems like a missed opportunity. Indicators of a
diverse workforce could also focus on pay gap, disability, and ethnicity within employment stats in
the food and drink industry. Measures could also point to the Wellbeing Economy Toolkit. 
Q8. If you have other comments on the suggested Good Food Nation indicators, please comment.
• It would be helpful if there were some indicators around food advertising arounds schools. 
• The Eating Out, Eating Well framework is voluntary so some indicators which food vendors near
schools should meet would be welcome, to promote healthy choices especially to secondary school
children.
• All school menus are compliant to providing 3 portions of fruit & vegetables. The challenge in
providing this is evident within school dining halls by the increased levels of food waste.
Monitoring/weighing food waste in dining halls can provide evidence of increases or decreases in
food waste levels as the provision does not necessarily indicate being eaten. 
Life in a Good Food Nation 
Q9a. Does this reflect what you think life should look like for a child in Scotland as a Good Food
Nation? 
Strongly agree Mostly agree Neither agree
nor disagree
Mostly
disagree
Strongly
disagree
Not
applicable 
X    
Q9b. What changes, if any, would you make?
• We would suggest that the first bullet point is changed to include the word “safe” – “I have access to
healthy, safe, and nutritious food that is appropriate for my age and developmental stage”.
• In the third bullet point, there could be some strengthening of wording around “food-related
educational experiences”, for instance including some wording that encapsulates “At nursery and
school, I routinely learn about what makes a healthy balanced diet to enable me to make healthy
informed choices”. 
Q10a. Does this reflect what you would like your life to look like, as a parent/carer in a Good Food
Nation?
Strongly agree Mostly agree Neither agree
nor disagree
Mostly
disagree
Strongly
disagree
Not
applicable 
X    
Q10b. What changes, if any, would you make?
• There is no mention of food education for parents/carers which is needed to make a food system
change.
Page 40 of 260

Page 41

• There is a step missing before the first bullet point, something like “I know what meals are healthy
and nutritious and how to make good food choices so that I have a balanced diet”.
• The second bullet point should be amended to include dignified access to food support.
• The last bullet point potentially implies this, but there could be more explicit wording around
breastfeeding support. 
Q11a. Does this reflect what you would like your life to look like, as an adult in a Good Food Nation? 
Strongly agree Mostly agree Neither agree
nor disagree
Mostly
disagree
Strongly
disagree
Not
applicable 
X    
Q11b. What changes, if any, would you make?
• This could consider culturally appropriate foods, as well as age-appropriate foods as older adults
may have different requirements.
• Affordability should be included, especially in terms of healthy options.
• “Healthy and sustainable options are easy to find wherever I eat and buy food” – this could include
reference to local or community food, and Fair Trade/ethical foods. 
Q12a. Does this reflect what you would like your life to look like, as a public caterer in a Good Food
Nation? 
Strongly agree Mostly agree Neither agree
nor disagree
Mostly
disagree
Strongly
disagree
Not
applicable 
X    
Q12b. What changes, if any, would you make?
• As Food safety and standards are fundamental in a Good Food Nation, there should be a reference
to compliance with food law requirements, such as “I will ensure that I meet food law
requirements”.
• Local suppliers are integral within supply chains to enable keeping food miles as low as possible;
seasonal eating is critical to this.   
Q13a. Does this reflect what you would like your life to look like, as a retailer in a Good Food Nation? 
Strongly agree Mostly agree Neither agree
nor disagree
Mostly
disagree
Strongly
disagree
Not
applicable 
X    
Q13b. What changes, if any, would you make?
• There should be a reference to compliance with food law requirements such as “I will ensure that I
meet food law requirements”. 
Page 41 of 260

Page 42

Q14a. Does this reflect what you would like your life to look like, as a restaurant owner in a Good
Food Nation? 
Strongly agree Mostly agree Neither agree
nor disagree
Mostly
disagree
Strongly
disagree
Not
applicable     
X
Q14b. What changes, if any, would you make?
• There should be a reference to compliance with food law requirements, such as “I will ensure that I
meet food law requirements”. 
Q15a. Does this reflect what you would like your life to look like, as a farmer/crofter in a Good Food
Nation?
Strongly agree Mostly agree Neither agree
nor disagree
Mostly
disagree
Strongly
disagree
Not
applicable     
X
Q15b. What changes, if any, would you make?
• With reference to selling produce locally, this must be on the proviso that any food meets the same
food law standards as the rest of the food sector.
• There is no mention of soil health and regenerative farming to increase environmental
sustainability.
Q16a. Does this reflect what you would like your life to look like, as a fisher in a Good Food Nation? 
Strongly agree Mostly agree Neither agree
nor disagree
Mostly
disagree
Strongly
disagree
Not
applicable     
X
Q16b. What changes, if any, would you make?
No comment to make. 
Q17a. Does this reflect what you would like your life to look like, as a food processor in a Good Food
Nation? 
Strongly agree Mostly agree Neither agree
nor disagree
Mostly
disagree
Strongly
disagree
Not
applicable     
X
Q17b. What changes, if any, would you make?
• There should be a reference to compliance with food law requirements such as “I will ensure that I
meet food law requirements and good manufacturing practice”. 
Page 42 of 260

Page 43

Q18. If you have any further comments on the national Good Food Nation Plan, please comment
here:
• Clearer evidence of collaboration and engagement that the Scottish Government has had with local
authorities, public bodies, and other relevant organisations in the formulation of this plan would be
beneficial if included. 
• More information could be added on the baselining undertaken for a policy of this scale, and
consequently there has been no cost impact analysis undertaken which would inform an
appropriate level of funding and investment that would be required. It is essential that sufficient
funding and resources are provided to allow local authorities and partner agencies to deliver these
outcomes.
• Whilst the important part local authorities will play in helping Scotland become a Good Food Nation
is recognised, ultimately the goal will be only met in collaboration with individual households,
families, communities, community groups and charities along with growers, farmers, fishers, and all
other businesses within the food sector (production, distribution, retail, hospitality).
• As per many other public sector bodies, Renfrewshire Council utilises collaborative frameworks for
a lot of its food supply. It is critical that public procurement contracts are formulated in a manner to
enable and support this Plan.  For example, lotting structures which support variety of producers to
access contracts as well as product/price lists which are suitable flexible to ensure best value for in
season products.  It is essential that government support is provided to the supply base, in
particular local providers, to be able to access local and national frameworks/ contracts.
• It could be suggested that 45-60 minutes for 400+ pupils to sit and eat a hot meal is very difficult to
achieve, and that the serving and eating environment has a direct impact on whether pupils take
school meals (universal, free, or paid). Older pupils uptake of meals in secondary schools will also
be driven by the local area and access to external vendors.
• Without legislative changes, procurement targets cannot currently be set around local supply or
buying Scottish produce as, as per the Plan, “International trade obligations prohibit activities that
would discriminate between suppliers on grounds of nationality or locality, or which would result in
unequal treatment of suppliers.” Procurement continues to develop innovative routes to market to
support the ambitions detailed within the Plan whilst also supporting many other government and
local initiatives.
• There needs to be more emphasis on community within the Plan. Community groups and
organisations play a vital role in sharing information on local food networks, and they play a big
role in the social and cultural aspects of food as they service a diverse group of people in the
community. Consideration should be given to including a further category in the “Life in a Good
Food Nation” section, such as “As a Community Organisation/Group in a Good Food Nation”.
• The Plan could have more focus on advice, education, and skills for life. Skills links to more
opportunities and better career prospects. With regards to school education there should be
increased learning around cooking skills for life. 
• Generally, the aspirational nature of the plan is welcomed, but must be balanced with realism, for
example, are affordability issues for households sufficiently addressed, especially during cost-of-
living crisis as current context?
• From a Community Wealth Building perspective, officers would like to see more in the Life of a Good
Food Nation focus on supporting/contributing to thriving local supply chains through procurement
choices. This will ensure more local food businesses are aware of what is being bought so they can
diversify their products and ensure more local food businesses are entering the local supply chain.
It would also be a good opportunity to mention supporting collaboration between local growers,
producers, manufacturers, suppliers, and buyers to form denser local food supply chains.
Page 43 of 260

Page 44

Specified Functions 
Q19. Please let us know if we have missed any function falling within a specified description or
relevant specified functions in the list.
• Whilst we recognise including the list of existing functions was intended to evidence the alignment
of policy intentions, there are several pieces of legislation which are not referenced and are of
relevance: Environmental Protection (Single-use Plastic Products) (Scotland) Regulations 2021
which governs many products used by many businesses within the Food and Drink industries. This
will help control food waste and environmental impact.
• Social Security (Scotland) Act 2018 – the Scottish Government have powers to strengthen the
promotion, widen the eligibility and increase the entitlement and support to many benefits,
especially for children. (Best Start Foods, Best Start Payments, and Scottish Child Payment)
The list should also refer to current food related Bills at various stages within the Parliamentary processes: 
• Agriculture and Rural Communities (Scotland) Bill, 
• Human Rights Bill, 
• Circular Economy Bill, 
• Community Wealth Building Bill, 
• Land Reform Bill, 
• Natural Environmental Bill 
Q20. Why do you think this specified function/function falling within a specified description should
be added?
Comments to Question 19 should also cover a response to this question.
Page 44 of 260

Page 45

___________________________________________________________________ 
To:                 Leadership Board 
On:                 1 May 2024 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Report by:     Chief Executive
___________________________________________________________________ 
Heading:   Best Value Update
___________________________________________________________________ 
1. Summary   
1.1 The duty of best value applies to all public bodies in Scotland, and requires
organisations to ensure that there is good governance and effective
management of resources, whilst also ensuring activities focus on
improvement and deliver the best possible outcomes for the public. 
1.2 This paper provides an update to elected members on best value audit
arrangements to be undertaken by external auditors in Renfrewshire during
2024/25. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
2.1  Members are requested to note the contents of the report.
_________________________________________________________ 
3. Background 
3.1 The duty of best value applies to all public bodies in Scotland, and requires
organisations to ensure that there is good governance and effective
management of resources, whilst also ensuring activities focus on
improvement and deliver the best possible outcomes for the public. 
3.2  In line with the remit of the Leadership Board to consider matters relating to
best value and performance management, regular updates are provided to
members on any best value related activity being progressed by the Council’s
external audit team as part of national scrutiny arrangements. 
Item 4
Page 45 of 260

Page 46

3.3 The last update provided to members in December 2023, highlighted recent
changes to how local authorities would be audited in relation to best value,
with this now being fully integrated as part of the annual audit process
undertaken each year by external auditors.  This is supplemented by more
detailed best value work .which is also carried out each year around a
particular theme selected nationally, with findings collated into a national
report.   
3.4 Over and above this annual programme, each local authority will be subject to
a statutory report on best value which will be considered by the Accounts
Commission. 
3.5 An initial timetable for best value report completion and reporting to the
Accounts Commission confirmed that this would take place for Renfrewshire
Council in 2027, however this has now been brought forward to 2024, or at the
latest early 2025.  Our external audit team Azets, plan to perform this work
during 2024/25 and report the outcomes from a review of the Council’s best
value arrangements by end December 2024. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
4. Best value audit methodology 
4.1 Within the External Audit Plan 24/25 prepared by Azets, which was reported to
the Audit, Risk and Scrutiny on 18 March 2024, an overview of the best value
methodology used within the auditing process was provided for information,
with an extract provided below for information. 
Key
area
Description  
1 Follow up: our work will follow up on Accounts Commission findings, Controller
of Audit recommendations and any outstanding improvement actions reported
in Best Value Assurance Reports, Best Value thematic reports and Annual Audit
Reports. Our work will reflect the Council’s self-assessment against outstanding
improvement actions and our findings will be based on the Council’s current
arrangements for delivering best value. 
2 Risk based approach to Best Value themes: We pay due regard to the Council’s
arrangements in respect of the seven Best Value themes in identifying any
significant risks 
3 Assessing the effectiveness of performance reporting: the best value theme,
effective use of resources, includes an expectation that councils report effectively
on their performance. Councils should be able to demonstrate a trend of
improvement over time in delivering their strategic priorities. 
Key elements include:
• the Council’s assessment of progress against its service priority measures in
2023/24 and over time. 
Page 46 of 260

Page 47

• what the Council is reporting on its relative performance in 2023/24 and over
time (from the Local Government Benchmarking Framework and other
information used locally). 
• The effectiveness of Council processes for reporting and scrutiny of
performance against its priorities
• the Council’s arrangements to demonstrate continuous improvement in how
they deliver their priority services. 
• The Accounts Commission has a statutory responsibility to define the
performance information that councils must publish. This responsibility links
with the Commission's Best Value audit responsibilities. In turn, councils have
their own responsibilities, under their Best Value duty, to report performance
to the public. The Accounts Commission issued a new Statutory Performance
Information Direction in December 2021 (applies for the three years from
2022/23) which requires a council to report its: 
• Performance in improving local public services (including those
provided with its partners and communities), and progress against
agreed desired outcomes (SPI 1). The Commission expects this reporting
to allow comparison both over time and with other similar bodies
(drawing on the Local Government Benchmarking Framework and / or
other benchmarking activities) 
• Own assessment and audit, scrutiny and inspection body assessments of
how it is performing against its duty of Best Value, and how it has
responded to these assessments (SPI 2). As external auditors we are
required to satisfy ourselves that the Council has made proper
arrangements for preparing and publishing the statutory performance
information in accordance with the Direction. We will evaluate the
effectiveness and appropriateness of the arrangements at the Council,
including assessing the appropriateness of the information provided to
members in responding to the Direction
4 Thematic reviews: we are required to report on Best Value or related themes
prescribed by the Accounts Commission. The thematic work for 2023/24 is on the
workforce innovation and will involve auditors considering how councils are
responding to the current workforce challenge through building capacity,
increasing productivity and innovation. We will report our conclusions in a
separate report which will be presented to those charged with governance within
the Council and published on Audit Scotland’s website.
5 Contributing to Controller of Audit reports: The Controller of Audit reports to the
Accounts Commission on each council’s performance in meeting its Best Value
duties at least once over the five year audit appointment. The report is a
summary of information and judgements reported by each auditor. 
4.2 In terms of outputs that will be visible to elected members, partners and the
wider public, the following reports will be provided during 2024: 
• Annual Audit Report targeted for completion in September 2024
• Best value thematic report – Workforce innovation (date tbc)
• Best value statutory report (scheduled for completion by end December
2024) 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Page 47 of 260

Page 48

5. Follow up on 23/24 Best Value recommendations 
5.1 Within the best value update report considered by the Leadership Board in
December 2023, it was noted that Azets had completed a best value thematic
report on leadership and governance at Renfrewshire Council as part of the
national programme of best value activity. The overall assessment made by
our external auditors in relation to the best value work undertaken this year is
that “We are satisfied that the Council has appropriate arrangements in place
to demonstrate Best Value under each reported area of the 2022/23 thematic
review”. 
5.2 The appendix within the Best Value thematic report contained an action plan to
be progressed by the Council in response to the recommendations made by
the external audit team. Two actions were identified which relate to
opportunities to strengthen the prioritisation of Council Plan activities, and
related monitoring arrangements. Work is underway to respond to these
recommendations, and progress will be reported to the Leadership Board in
June 2024. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
6 Local response and next steps 
6.1 As a learning organisation, the Council has established self evaluation
processes which allow self assessment to be undertaken in relation to the best
value audit dimensions and methodology as part of wider corporate
improvement activities.  This was most recently undertaken by the Chief
Officer Group during summer 2023, and was subsequently followed up with
further self assessment work with senior managers across the organisation in
late 2023.  The Corporate Management Team are currently developing a high
level plan which will allow senior officers to direct resources to activities and
processes which could be further strengthened in relation to the feedback
received.  Proposals are being developed by the Corporate Management
Team to further embed the corporate self assessment process. 
6.2 The use of self assessment and also wider benchmarking with other
authorities is important, as it ensures that the organisation can continue to
learn from established best practice and prioritise activities which strengthen
the way in which the organisation operates, supports and develops staff, and
engages with local communities and businesses. 
6.3 It is anticipated that the best value statutory reporting process will be
undertaken by Azets over the course of 2024, and further updates will continue
to be provided to elected members as information becomes available. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial –  none 
Page 48 of 260

Page 49

2. HR & Organisational Development – none. 
3. Community/Council Planning –  none 
4. Legal – none  
5. Property/Assets – none  
6. Information Technology - none.    
7. Equality & Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within this
report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human
rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of
individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the
recommendations contained in the report because it is for noting only.   If
required following implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations
and the mitigating actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of
the assessment will be published on the Council’s website.   
8. Health & Safety - none. 
9. Procurement – none. 
10. Risk - none. 
11. Privacy Impact - none.   
12. COSLA Policy Position –not applicable. 
13. Climate Risk – none 
_________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers 
None 
Please contact Laura McIntyre, Head of Policy and Partnerships. 
Page 49 of 260

Page 50

Page 50 of 260

Page 51

___________________________________________________________________
To:  Leadership Board 
On:  1st May 2024
___________________________________________________________________
Report by:  Chief Executive 
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Review of OneRen’s Annual Business Plan for 2024-2025
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary 
1.1 OneRen submits an annual Business Plan to the Council which sets out the
charity’s priorities for the year ahead and outlines how it will deliver the
services specified in the Service Agreement. The business planning process
provides the opportunity to assess the context in which the charity is operating
and to consider how it is responding to changing community and customer
needs. 
1.2 OneRen’s five-year business strategy is the charity’s roadmap and reflects the
goals of key stakeholders including Council and Community Planning
Partnership objectives and forms the basis of the business plan.   
1.3 The business plan for 2024-25 follows the principles of OneRen’s business
strategy. These principles present a contextual basis for the annual business
plan and areas of strategic focus. Importantly, they acknowledge the focus the
charity has on outcomes, whilst recognising the regional and national contexts
it operates in, as well as ongoing inflationary and energy cost pressures. The
business plan has been developed and reviewed with managers and staff
from service areas across the business and was approved by One Ren’s
board of Directors in March 2024. 
1.4 The Business Plan has been assessed by senior officers in the Council,
through a process co-ordinated by the Head Of Policy and Partnerships, who
acts as the Council’s monitoring officer for One Ren.  The implementation of
Item 5
Page 51 of 260

Page 52

the Business Plan actions and achievement of key priorities will be reviewed
through the quarterly meetings that the Head of Policy and Partnerships has
scheduled with One Ren’s leadership team, as part of ongoing monitoring and
governance arrangements.  A six monthly update on progress will also be
reported to the Leadership Board.
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
2.1 It is recommended that the Leadership Board: 
1. agrees OneRen’s annual Business Plan for 2024-25 attached at Appendix 1. 
2. notes the monitoring arrangements in place for the Head of Policy and
Partnerships (the Council’s nominated monitoring officer in relation to One
Ren) to undertake quarterly performance monitoring meetings with OneRen
and to provide six monthly progress reports to the Leadership Board.
___________________________________________________________________ 
3. Background 
3.1  OneRen is responsible for the strategic management, operation and 
development of cultural, leisure and sport services in Renfrewshire. It 
provides indoor and outdoor sport and leisure, town halls, community 
venues, libraries, heritage, arts, museums, sports and health   
development services for the public of Renfrewshire. 
3.2  An annual Business Plan is developed by OneRen which sets out the 
charity’s main priorities and actions for the year ahead. The Business 
Plan is submitted to the Council in line with the terms of the Service 
Agreement and reflects the priorities set out in the Council Plan where 
they relate specifically to the role and remit of OneRen. 
3.3 The Plan recognises the main factors which will influence OneRen over 
the next few years of operation and has now been reviewed by Council
officers and is being presented to the Leadership Board for approval. 
3.4 OneRen has eleven company directors with experience in business, community,
cultural, leisure and sports activities.  The Board comprises of six independently
appointed directors, two staff directors and three appointments by Renfrewshire
Council. The Head of Policy and Partnerships and Head of Finance and
Procurement have also been appointed as Council observers to the Board.  
3.5 The Head of Policy and Partnerships is the Council’s nominated   
monitoring officer for OneRen and has established quarterly meetings as part
of ongoing monitoring arrangements.  An update on the progress of OneRen’s
Business Plan is provided to the Leadership Board on a six-monthly basis. 
Page 52 of 260

Page 53

4. Review of OneRen’s Business Plan for 2024/25 
4.1 As the Council’s agreed monitoring officer for OneRen, the Head of Policy and
Partnerships has reviewed the Business Plan for 2024/25 which was
approved by OneRen’s Board of Directors in March 2024.  As in previous
years, the plan has also been assessed by senior officers and feedback
provided to OneRen as required.  Overall, the Business Plan has been
assessed as meeting the requirements of the current Service Agreement in
place between the Council and OneRen. 
4.2 The Business Plan itself highlights the key activities that will be progressed by
OneRen, informed and influenced by the current context in which it is
operating.  Key factors impacting the trust’s activities include:
• the current economic environment in terms of managing significant
inflationary cost pressures in relation to goods and service and pay;
• the extended post pandemic income recovery period and impact of the
cost-of-living crisis on our local communities, customers and employees; 
• the investment in cultural regeneration with the operation of the new
Paisley Town Hall and Paisley Central Library continuing to be
embedded; and continuing progress to deliver Paisley Art Centre this
year and Paisley Museum in 2025.
4.3 Within the Business Plan the trust has identified a number of specific strategic
priorities which will be progressed which support or are aligned to its ongoing
programme of work to deliver a high performing and financially sustainable
charity: - these included activities to increase participation and activity across
the new cultural venues, strengthening income generation and supporting
Renfrewshire’s work to improve outcomes for children and young people.
4.4 A full copy of the plan is attached at Appendix 1.
__________________________________________________________________ 
5. Annual Business Plan – financial arrangements 
5.1  OneRen sets an annual budget based on the total resources available to meet
its contractual obligations under the service agreement.  Over the last few
years, OneRen continued to manage increasing cost pressures relating to
energy supplies, pool chemicals, insurance and general supplies which has
added over £1million of costs to the charity.   In the short to medium term,
One Ren will continue to be required to manage a range of ongoing cost and
pay pressures, as are being experienced by wider Council services.
Page 53 of 260

Page 54

5.2 Balancing increased community need with inflationary and budget   
pressures faced by all public sector organisations remains OneRen’s 
primary task.  With the reopening of two key cultural venues in 23/24 and
significant developments such as the reopening of the Museum on the way,
Council officers are continuing to work closely with OneRen to support the
establishment of new operating models. 
5.3  In this context, a range of assumptions were built into OneRen’s   
financial strategy for 2024/25.  The service payment for 2024-25 from the
Council has been budgeted at £13,406,600. The assumptions in the financial
strategy will be regularly reviewed and revised on a quarterly basis to 
reflect any further changes in the operating environment.
___________________________________________________________________ 
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – The annual Business Plan for OneRen covers the financial
year 2024-25. The budget for the provision of cultural and leisure
services delivered by OneRen in 2024-25 is £13,406,600. 
2. HR & Organisational Development – An organisational redesign is in
progress to realign staffing resources to achieve delivery of business
plan priorities. 
3. Community/Council Planning – Senior officers in OneRen were
involved in the development of the Council Plan and Community Plan
and the key strategic priorities in OneRen’s Annual Business Plan are
closely aligned to both of these plans, specifically in relation to Council
plan priorities relating to tackling inequality, health and wellbeing and
cultural and economic regeneration amongst others. 
4. Legal – None. 
5. Property/Assets – None. 
6. Information Technology – None. 
7. Equality & Human Rights – The recommendations contained within
this report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities
and human rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential
for infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified
arising from the recommendations contained in the report because for
example it is for noting only. If required following implementation, the
actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating actions will be
reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be
published on the Council’s website.
Page 54 of 260

Page 55

8. Health & Safety – None. 
9. Procurement – None. 
10. Risk – None. 
11. Privacy Impact – None. 
12. Cosla Policy Position – None. 
13 Climate - None 
List of Background Papers 
(a) None. 
Author: Laura McIntyre, Head of Policy and Partnerships 
Telephone: 0141 618 6807 - laura.mcintyre@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 55 of 260

Page 56

Page 56 of 260

Page 57

Business Plan
2024-2025
Page 57 of 260

Page 58

1 Introduction – Our Shared Ambition
2 OneRen – Delivering for Renfrewshire
5 Business Planning 2024-25
11 OneRen’s Business Strategy
15 National Policy Context
17 Renfrewshire Strategic Context 
19 Activity Plan 2024-2025
Contents
32
Page 58 of 260

Page 59

OneRen delivers positive outcomes for
the people and communities we serve.
OneRen is the local charity established by
Renfrewshire Council to provide culture,
leisure and sporting opportunities to help
people enjoy active and healthy lives. We
are passionate about the part we play in
improving life-long physical and mental
health in every one of our communities.
Our charity provides a range of affordable,
accessible and ambitious services that
are open to all and designed to improve
personal, social and economic outcomes.
We are committed to our vision to ensure
that everyone locally can live healthy,
happy and fulfilled lives. Our mission is
to improve our community’s health and
wellbeing by working in partnership to
design and deliver a range of life-enhancing
and accessible cultural, leisure and sporting
opportunities that meet local needs and
improve life chances across the population,
Introduction:
Our Shared Ambition
and is framed around our four strategic
objectives: A Sustainable Local Economy,
A Great Place to Live , Play and Visit, A
Healthy Community and A Sustainable,
High-Performing Charity.
Our objectives are closely aligned to those
of Renfrewshire Council. Our progress is
reported to the OneRen Board of Directors
and the Council’s Leadership Board.
Quarterly performance reports to the
Council’s chief executive office are made
through the Council’s monitoring officer
for OneRen. We measure and report on
progress through performance indicators.
As a charitable trust, we have been able to
achieve significant savings, such as relief
on non-domestic rate charges, which have
been re-invested into frontline services. As
a charity, every pound spent with OneRen
services, or in our venues, is for the benefit of
supporting communities across Renfrewshire
to be healthy, active and lead fulfilling lives.
14
Page 59 of 260

Page 60

We are passionate about the part we
play in improving life-long physical
and mental health in every one of our
communities, supports their capacity to
make a social and economic contribution
to Renfrewshire, whilst generating
a sense of pride and belonging.
Our services are designed to be inclusive,
accessible, and adaptable to benefit as
many people as possible through 1) the
range of opportunities available through
the week; 2) targeted services for those
with health conditions, recovery needs,
or who have been long-term physically or
socially inactive and 3) providing additional
pathways to partners and specialist
services ensuring individuals’ particular
cultural or sporting needs and talent can
be appropriately identified and supported.
Across these three strands, we are building
our strength in relevant methodologies
such as social prescribing and co-
production, which enable us to identify with
communities how we can best support their
current health and wellbeing priorities.
Renfrewshire Council provides an annual
management fee towards the cost of
delivery - approximately 55% of our
operating costs. The rest of OneRen’s costs
have to be met through a combination
of commercial income and fundraising
activities to deliver our full range of
OneRen:
Delivering for
Renfrewshire
important community services. We do this
by offering a range of paid-for services
such as leisure memberships, charged
for events, and external hires. OneRen
recognises the impact of the cost-of-living
crisis and while the charity needs to charge
for some services, we have introduced
‘pay what you can’ models to ensure low,
or no cost access, to programmes such
as the annual Paisley Book Festival.
As a charity, we are accountable to
Renfrewshire Council and the residents
of Renfrewshire, and to the Office of the
Scottish Charity Regulator (OSCR) and
Companies House (UK Companies Act).
OneRen is the trading name of Renfrewhire
Leisure Limited, a Company Limited by
Guarantee (490998), with Charitable Status
(SCO 33898). OneRen has a Board of eleven
directors providing a wealth of experience
in business, community, cultural, leisure and
sport matters. The Board comprises of six
independent directors, two staff directors,
and three elected member Directors
appointed by Renfrewshire Council.
OneRen employs over 500 people who
deliver a year-round programme of
cultural and leisure activities and services,
supported by seasonal and casual
workforce to meet customer demand. We
also provide volunteering opportunities for
hundreds of local people each year. We
typically receive over 3 million users to our
services across our libraries, museums,
pools, leisure centres and outdoor
pitches or services accessed digitally.
OneRen is also responsible for the
stewardship and care of objects and
archives in Renfrewshire Council’s Museum
Collections and for Renfrewshire’s
Heritage Archives, through the provision
of Renfrewshire’s Museums Service.
The charity plays a key role in supporting
the economic regeneration and civic
renewal of Renfrewshire through the
development, promotion and delivery
of cultural, leisure and sporting activity
and provision. OneRen’s developing
cultural portfolio is intended to support
the profile of Paisley and Renfrewshire
as a national and international
cultural and tourism destination.
The venues, sites and services we manage
include a network of local, cultural heritage,
leisure and sports facilities, a range of
community development and learning
services and some of the most historic
buildings in the area. We work in every
community across Renfrewshire and lead on
the region’s cultural and sports strategies.
32
Page 60 of 260

Page 61

OneRen’s business plan is updated annually
to reflect emerging changes for the region
and any new priorities which may impact
on the delivery of our long-term objectives.
Progress is reported to the OneRen Board
of Directors and the Council’s Leadership
Board. Quarterly performance reports to
the Council’s chief executive office are
made through the Council’s monitoring
officer for OneRen. We measure and
report on progress through performance
indicators.
The strategic focus for 2024-25 will
continue to see OneRen evolve and change,
driven by our commitment to deliver
effectively for the people of Renfrewshire.
The business plan for 2024-25 is set within
the context of the significant and ongoing
financial challenges faced across the public
sector. It recognises our continuing role in
taking forward the region’s regeneration
ambition through the return to operation of
iconic cultural venues following their once-
in-a-lifetime investment in their renewal.
In the last year, we reopened the iconic,
Paisley Town Hall as one of Scotland’s
finest performance venues and it is
already living up to its billing as Paisley’s
Big Stage, and the award-winning Paisley
Central Library spans four floors of a
former vacant retail space and provides
everyone with the warmest of welcomes
in the heart of the High Street. In their
first few months of operation, both have
achieved record attendance figures,
bringing footfall not only to those venues
but to other local businesses too. In
2024-25, we will be reopening Paisley
Arts Centre, where audiences can get up
close to the action, and we will begin the
concluding phases of Paisley Museum
Reimagined, currently Scotland’s most
significant cultural heritage project.
As part of OneRen’s programming, in
2024-25 we will welcome back Paisley
Book Festival in its 5th edition, and we will
also welcome the introduction of Paisley
Comedy Festival and Paisley Arts Festival.
Our programming strategy is designed to
attract audiences to a year-round strand
of shows and events which will attract
significant numbers of locals and visitors,
helping to boost the local economy and
build pride in Paisley and Renfrewshire.
St James playing fields redevelopment
is also underway, as is the conclusion of
Ferguslie Sports Centre renewal. Further
developments are also expected at the
On-X site with the planned resurfacing of
the On-X running track and hockey pitch.
This year, Renfrewshire’s Sports Strategy is
due for review and we will work alongside
our partners Renfrewshire Council and
sportscotland as well as the numerous
club and community stakeholders
who participate in hundreds of sport
and activity sessions each week. Their
commitment to grass-roots participation
will be a key driver in the reviewed strategy.
Elsewhere, we are seeing activity numbers
increase with more evening and weekend
performances being booked into the
wonderful theatre space at Johnstone Town
Hall, exceeding pre-pandemic booking
levels. From April 2024, a funded, pilot
programme will offer more daytime activity
including free-to-access creative sessions
and tea dances, informed by community
and partner needs to complement
the library’s activity programme.
Reach
your
goals.
#WeAreOneRen
Business
Planning
2024-25
54
Page 61 of 260

Page 62

This year, we will activate the strategic
partnership recently signed with the
University of the West of Scotland. This
will help to unlock opportunity across the
communities we serve. Both organisations
are committed to tackling inequality
and improving health and wellbeing
through improved access to learning
opportunities and employment pathways.
It’s also a hugely exciting time to come
together, not least as we count down
the days until Paisley Museum reopens,
bringing with it a wealth of engagement,
learning and research opportunities.
More innovative partnership work has
enabled us to secure a major grant of
£100,000 from the Esmée Fairbairn
Collection Fund. The funding will allow us
to further strengthen our partnership with
communities who are genuinely shaping
every aspect of the museum service, from
the objects we collect and display to the
programmes and spaces we provide. This
3-year funding will specifically build on
previous activity with organisations Paisley
Museum has worked with to provide a
voice and support for Scotland’s African
diaspora: Jambo Radio – Scotland’s only
radio station for people of African and
Caribbean heritage – and Pachedu, a
charity which promotes diversity and
dignity for diverse communities. Focusing
particularly on the experiences of children
and young people, the work will continue
to provide positive narratives that
challenge some of the often-stigmatising
perceptions of the African continent.
OneRen staff have been partnering with
teachers and learning providers from across
Renfrewshire to co-produce new learning
experiences; to better understand the
needs of learners and embed the museum
in curriculum provision from an early age;
and inspire the next generation to develop
a passion for culture through Renfrewshire’s
incredible collection, working with them
to design a learning programme that will
make a significant difference to our young
people. As a result, the Capital Appeal team
were able to secure a £200,000 donation
from the Clore Duffield Foundation to
the museum project to support children
and young people in a dedicated learning
space. This is only the second time in its
history that the Foundation has chosen to
support a Clore Learning Space in Scotland,
the other being at the National Galleries
of Scotland. This year we will continue to
progress the programme design with input
from every primary school in Renfrewshire
as well as Riverbrae and Mary Russell
ASN schools and some secondaries.
The Paisley Museum project team is
working with Children North East on Poverty
Proofing to drill down on access for some
of our most excluded communities. The
mission of Poverty Proofing Arts and
Cultural organisations is to ensure that “no
activity or planned activity in any cultural
organisation should identify, exclude, treat
differently or make assumptions about
those children whose household income or
resources are lower than others”. The key
principles are to focus on Voice (hearing
from people affected by poverty), Place
(recognizing the context of community
& place) and Structural inequalities
(identifying structural changes we can make
at an organizational level). The work aims
to ensure that staff have an understanding
and an empathy for families suffering the
effects of poverty, and that staff start to
understand and unpick the impact poverty
may have on the accessibility of our work.
Our Promise Keepers continue to support
developments within OneRen to deliver
on The Promise, including adapting
recruitment processes and working with
the Renfrewshire Language Policy around
display interpretation for the Paisley
Museum Re-Imagined Project. This year,
we plan to continue to advocate for care
experienced people through further
changes to HR processes, as well as
evolving our public programme to provide
more support for care experienced
young people in Renfrewshire.
76
Page 62 of 260

Page 63

Support Renfrewshire’s
priorities for children and
young people
Ongoing organisational
development, supported
by enhanced data
Strengthen income
generation to ensure
service running costs
are covered
Provide quality visitor
experience and consistent
audience profiles
Increase participation
opportunities through an
integrated approach to
programming
Strengthen our
communications
framework and brand
profiles
We will undertake a review of our internal
communications recognising the breadth
and variety of our workforce; we will
continue to build strong brand profiles for
OneRen and our key venues; and we will
continue to grow the profile for Paisley
and Renfrewshire’s cultural regeneration.
We will continue to strengthen our income
generation to ensure we cover our full
operating costs. We will continually
benchmark our performance, and pricing
strategy, to ensure we provide services that
deliver best value for our communities.
We will focus on providing a consistent
quality of visitor experience, understanding
the customer journeys taking place across
all areas of the business in person and
digitally, working to clear audience profiles.
We will increase participation opportunities
for locals and visitors by taking an integrated
approach to programming across the region,
making effective use of resources. We will
continue to develop our cultural programme
as we welcome back Paisley Arts Centre
and expand our portfolio of festivals.
We will continue to support the work
of Renfrewshire’s Strategic Children’s
Partnership Plan and the priorities for
children and young people within the
Fairer Renfrewshire strategy as well as
developing our role as Promise Keepers.
We will continue to focus on evolving
our organisational development in line
with internal operational and external
socio-economic contexts, supported by
enhanced data for decision making.
The strategic focus for 2024-25 will
continue to see OneRen evolve and
change, driven by our commitment
to deliver effectively for the people
of Renfrewshire. That will be driven
forward in the following key areas:
98
Page 63 of 260

Page 64

Our Vision
Everyone locally living lives that are
healthy, happy, and fulfilled.
Our Mission
To improve our community’s health and
wellbeing by working in partnership to
design and deliver a range of life-enhancing
and accessible cultural, leisure and sporting
opportunities that meet local needs and
improve life chances across the population.
Our Values
Integrity
We value honesty and high ethical
standards in how we work within
and outwith our organisation; we
are passionate in our determination
to always do the right thing.
Excellence
We will work collaboratively in pursuit of our
community’s shared goals; in everything we
do, we aim to deliver a quality experience
and actively champion high standards.
Creativity
We are innovative and flexible in
responding to local needs; in meeting
challenges, we are creative thinkers,
with a consistent focus on outcomes.
Fairness
We focus on inclusion to ensure we deliver
for everyone across our community; we
are caring and kind to each other and in
the way we support the community.
Business
Strategy
Our 5-year business strategy is our roadmap and reflects the goals of key
stakeholders including Council and Community Planning Partnership objectives
Explore
our
town.
#WeAreOneRen
1110
Page 64 of 260

Page 65

Strategic
Objectives:
A healthy community
We aim to help everyone lead healthier,
happier and more fulfilled lives. We want
to play an active role in improving health
and well-being outcomes, addressing
inequalities and improving life chances
amongst the people of Renfrewshire. We
will work collaboratively to deploy a range
of interventions to tackle poor mental
and physical health in our community.
A sustainable local economy
We aim to play a positive role in developing
the local Renfrewshire economy. 
We want to create opportunities for
high quality and sustainable jobs as
well as build wider local employability
through providing positive development
pathways.  We will contribute to the
local partnership effort to build inclusive
economic growth that benefits everyone.
A great place to live, play and visit
We aim to keep building a positive
reputation for Renfrewshire as a place
for a wide range of exceptional leisure
and cultural experiences. We want a
growing recognition for our regional
leisure opportunities, rich local heritage
and diverse cultural programme. We will
help provide a high profile platform for
local economic and civic opportunities.
A high-performing, sustainable charity
We aim to build a sustainable business
founded on fairness, providing flexible
services which enable everyone locally
to live lives which are healthy, happy
and fulfilled. We want to build on our
charitable credentials, allowing diverse
funding streams to be used to challenge
inequality. We will provide modern
services based on deep rooted values.
1312
Page 65 of 260

Page 66

National
Policy Context
Public services in Scotland continue to
operate in a challenging environment, never
more so than with the devastating impacts
on communities caused by the Covid-19
pandemic. Prior to Covid-19, the dominant
trend was one of increasing demand with
diminishing resources over the past decade
with leisure and culture sectors seeing
significant reductions in funding nationally.
OneRen’s remit touches on a wide
variety of national and local policy
contexts. These include:
• National Performance Framework
• Public health, wellbeing and sport
• Active Scotland Outcomes
Framework
• Tourism, events and
destination marketing
• Cultural
• Heritage
• Learning
• Communities
• Equalities
Each of these contexts are influenced by
some, or all, of the following key policy drivers:
• A focus on outcomes and prevention
• Co-design of services with people
using or affected by these services
• Increased efficiency,
coordination and integration
• Partnership across sectors
• Increased and improved
access to services
• Growing a digital capability
• Audience development
The main challenges influencing
these drivers are:
• Demographic shifts including
an ageing population
• Increasing social care
and health demands
• Funding pressures
• Poverty and inequality
• Improving public sector
outcomes and transformation
• Enabling sustainable
economic growth
• Economic and political issues
linked to Brexit and Covid-19
oneren.org 
@weareoneren
Try
something
new.
#WeAreOneRen
1514
Page 66 of 260

Page 67

OneRen’s objectives are aligned to
Community Planning Partnership and
Council outcomes to ensure that, through
the contract for services we have with
the council and as a community planning
partner, we demonstrate how we deliver for
both residents and visitors to Renfrewshire.
In particular, as a community planning
partner, we have sought to acknowledge the
partnership’s current priorities to support
low-income families, tackle inequalities, and
address the climate emergency, which will
influence the design of our programmes
and services. working collaboratively in
a financially challenging environment.
Renfrewshire Community Planning
Partnership published a 10-year
plan (2017-27, refreshed 2023) with
four community plan themes:
• Our Renfrewshire is thriving:
maximising economic growth that is
inclusive and sustainable.
• Our Renfrewshire is well: 
supporting the wellness and resilience
of our citizens and communities.
• Our Renfrewshire is fair: 
addressing the inequalities that limit
life chances.
• Our Renfrewshire is safe: 
protecting vulnerable people,
and working together to
manage the risk of harm.
The Council’s plan (2023-28)
outlines five strategic outcomes:
• Place:
working together to enhance wellbeing
across communities
• Economy:
building an inclusive, green and resilient
economy
• Fair:
nurturing bright, happy and healthy
futures for all
• Green:
leading Renfrewshire to Net Zero
• Living our values:
making a difference together
Renfrewshire
Strategic Context
1716
Page 67 of 260

Page 68

Discover
secret
treasures.
Activity Plan
2024-25
A Sustainable, High Performing Charity
We are financially sustainable and
make effective use of resources:
• We work to full cost recovery
and optimise income
generating opportunities.
• We will work to an integrated
programming strategy.
• We will progress our
digital and technology
investment programme.
• We continue to act to reduce
our impact on the climate.
We have effective, consistent,
and transparent governance:
• We will continue to review
and update governance
arrangements.
• We will review decision making
forums across the organisation.
• We will develop a strategy
for internal and external
communication.
We have a clear, consistent
people strategy:
• We will continue to develop
our staff to deliver excellent
customer service.
• We will encourage workforce
agility and promote a culture
of supportive cooperation.
• We will update recruitment
processes and pathways
designed for service and
community needs.
We will evolve the organisation to
align with operational contexts:
• We will centralise data
sets to inform targets and
business decisions.
• We will work to a consistent
set of audience profiles.
• We will continue with
organisational development.
#WeAreOneRen
1918
Page 68 of 260

Page 69

A Healthy Community
We communicate how we can
support whole person wellbeing:
• We clearly communicate how
we support physical, mental
and emotional health.
• We research and utilise co-
production methodologies
to ensure services are
user-designed.
• We focus on creating
an environment across
services to support children
and young people.
• We will develop a clear EDI
framework and policies
informing our practice.
We build effective partner
engagement:
• We will review our strategic
partnerships for effective
mutual benefit.
• We will communicate the
breadth of what we do to
enhance what we deliver in
partnership with other services.
• We will build effective partnerships
and interventions that are tailored
to audience or user needs.
• We will develop our new strategic
partnership with UWS.
We deliver targeted interventions:
• We will continue to contribute
to Renfrewshire Strategic
Children’s Partnership and
whole family wellbeing
• We will continue to contribute
to Fairer Renfrewshire
• We will continue to contribute to
Local Employability Partnership
• We will continue to
contribute to The Promise
• We will ensure we undertake
research to provide the
evidence base for all
targeted interventions.
2120
Page 69 of 260

Page 70

A Great Place to Live, Play and Visit
We have a strong and
confident business profile:
• We are clear about our
charity status, USP and
community benefits.
• We will continue to build brand
identity and awareness for
OneRen and individual venues.
• We will review our
products to align with our
strategic objectives.
• We clearly market and
communicate our offer
and products.
We build local pride and national
and international visitor markets:
• We will work to a consistent
set of audience profiles.
• We will leverage the cultural
proposition for Paisley as
a visitor destination.
• We will develop a calendar
of organisational events
and priorities.
• We will create and adopt
a pan-OneRen Visitor
Experience strategy.
• We communicate
our achievements to
relevant markets.
We support local talent
and sector ecologies:
• We build beneficial corporate
and community partnerships.
• We support local artistic
talent and pathways.
• We support local literary
talent and pathways.
• We support local sporting
talent and pathways.
• We provide a range of
volunteering and placement
opportunities.
We make effective use of
our products and assets:
• We will implement expanded
sharing practices across teams,
facilities and equipment,
including mixed programming
in different venues.
• We will take a collective
approach to external
funding across all teams.
• We will develop our retail strategy.
• We will continue to develop our
commercial programming.
2322
Page 70 of 260

Page 71

A Sustainable, Local Economy
We provide skills development
and lifelong learning:
• We provide literacy and digital
skills development opportunities.
• We provide an integrated offer
of both school based learning
and public programmes.
• We have clear volunteer
and placement policies
and action plan.
• We provide coaching, and
vocational skills that promote
personal self-confidence
and other life skills.
We support people with
their productivity:
• We help people support their
whole person wellbeing.
• We will continue to lead on
Renfrewshire’s cultural and
sports strategies and conduct
a formal review of both.
• We will continue to contribute
to Renfrewshire’s Strategic
Children’s Partnership strategy.
• We provide volunteering
and placements.
We are a proud local employer:
• We provide positive employment
pathways linking to local
schools, colleges and UWS.
• We celebrate success and
recognise staff achievements
in delivering excellence.
• We support staff and volunteers
to have the right opportunities
and training to grow and
aspire in their careers.
We support local businesses
and sector development:
• We create an environment
to support a local supply
chain as far as possible.
• We work to attract and
retain creative, sports
and events activity.
• We leverage the cultural
proposition for Paisley as
a visitor destination.
For more information
visit www.oneren.org
2524
Page 71 of 260

Page 72

Financial
Arrangements
OneRen sets an annual budget based on
the estimated resources it has available
to meet its contractual obligations under
the service agreement. Over the last few
years, OneRen has absorbed significant
increases in cost pressures relating to
energy supplies, pool chemicals, insurance
and general supplies which has added
over £1million of costs to the charity.
Balancing increased community need
with inflationary and budget pressures
faced by all public sector organisations
remains OneRen’s primary task. The
business model requires OneRen to earn
around 45% of its total operating costs
which it achieves largely through the
leisure operations. With the reopening
of two key cultural venues in 2023/24,
the focus is very much on establishing
the new operating model to grow income
and attendance levels in these venues.
In the short to medium term, OneRen will
potentially need to manage ongoing cost
and pay pressures, alongside supressed
income streams, whilst the cost-of-living
crisis continues to affect customers, our
local communities and our employees. 
In this context, a range of assumptions were
built into OneRen’s financial strategy for
2024/25. The service payment for 2024-
25 has been budgeted at £13,406,600.
The assumptions in the financial strategy
will be regularly reviewed and revised on
a quarterly basis to reflect any further
changes in the operating environment.
Annual
Business Plan
Governance
Arrangements
OneRen has eleven company directors
with a wealth of experience in business,
community, cultural, leisure and sports
activities.  The Board comprises of six
independently appointed directors, two
staff directors and three appointments by
Renfrewshire Council. The Head of Policy
and Partnerships and Head of Finance and
Procurement have also been appointed
as Council observers to the Board. 
The Head of Policy and Partnerships
is the Council’s nominated monitoring
officer for OneRen.  The monitoring
officer holds regular meetings with
officers from OneRen on a quarterly
basis to review the performance report
in order to authorise payment of the
service fee.  An update on the progress of
OneRen’s Business Plan is provided to the
Leadership Board on a six-monthly basis.
oneren.org
@weareoneren
Start
your
future.
#WeAreOneRen
2726
Page 72 of 260

Page 73

Appendix
Financial Context
OneRen spends around £23 million
each year to provide culture, leisure and
sport services across Renfrewshire. The
activities, services and facilities which
we operate are funded by a service
payment, customer charges, sales, grant
income and charitable donations. Any
surpluses generated from our activities are
reinvested in our services and activities
for the benefit of the local community.
Over the last few years, OneRen has been
operating in extremely difficult economic
conditions with exceptional energy costs
and rising supply cost and pay pressures
which have added over £1 million of costs
to the charity. The operating environment
remains challenging, due to geo-political
unrest and resultant energy crisis and
supply shortages, public sector funding
constraints, pay pressures and recruitment
challenges, cost of living increases
and pressure on disposal income.
In this context, a range of assumptions
have been built into OneRen’s financial
strategy for 2024/25. The assumptions
will be regularly reviewed and revised
on a quarterly basis to reflect any
further changes in the operating
environment. Financial modelling of the
assumptions was conducted alongside
development of the business model
for the four cultural infrastructure
projects which are in varying stages of
completion, handover and operation.
Initial financial modelling of estimated
income and expenditure and service
payment levels in 2024/25 identified a gap
in the region of £0.7million. However, this
is before considering changes in employer
pension fund rates over the next three
years which will provide a temporary
benefit in 2024/25; this will give a cushion
for OneRen to develop and explore
detailed options to address the position
in the medium term and allow the charity
to increase reserves in line with audit
recommendations and OSCR guidelines
to remaining financially sustainable.
Fees and charges
in 2024/25
Over the last few years, the cost of running
our facilities and swimming pools has
increased significantly, due to exceptional
energy prices and increases in supply
costs. With inflation having reached over
10% last year, we are unable to absorb
the exceptional increase in our cost
base and fees and charges for services
will have to increase from April 2024.  A
minimum 5% price increase is built into
the financial strategy, with some increases
of up to 10% based on benchmarking with
neighbouring areas and competitors in
the local market, with a further review to
be conducted and implemented during
the year to ensure consistency and
fairness in pricing across all services.
We are working hard to continue to
provide our services at as an affordable
price as possible and we operate a
concession policy which gives a 30%
reduction in pricing for concession
access and 50% reduction for youths.
Charges for commercial entities and for
those delivering commercial activities
will be considered within the pricing
review. Throughout the year, OneRen
also operates a range of promotional
offers and discounts for customers to
access our services and activities.
Each service manager will produce a full
set of charges for all admission, hires and
services for their service area and have
the flexibility to negotiate an increased
service/hire charge from commercial lets
based on an assessment of the market
and anticipated income generated from
the hire. For social/community benefit
hire, managers have the discretion to
reduce charges subject to the hire meeting
OneRen’s priorities and social aims and
based on a minimum of full cost recovery.
2928
Page 73 of 260

Page 74

2022/23 2023/24 2024/25
Budget Heading Actual £000 Budget £000 Budget £000
Fees & Sales -5,980,149 -7,037,074 -6,806,248
Grants & Donations -595,058 -948,706 -639,647
Memberships -1,921,731 -2,280,472 -2,348,867
Other income -1,528 0 0
Service Level Agreement -12,608,000 -12,625,600 -13,406,600
Income -21,106,466 -22,891,852 -23,201,361
 
 
 
Employee costs 14,644,939 14,878,585 14,250,553
Supplies and services 2,672,208 3,020,801 2,860,991
Transport costs 49,921 37,539 41,856
Support costs 572,500 721,481 1,020,116
Property & Estate Costs 3,155,027 4,233,446 4,207,845
Total Expenditure 21,094,595 22,891,852 22,381,361
 
Budgeted Transfer
to reserves
820,000
(Surplus)/Deficit -11,871 0 0
Budget for 2024/25
3130
Page 74 of 260

Page 75

For further information about
OneRen, please visit our
website at: oneren.org
You can contact us:
Lagoon Leisure Centre
11 Christie Street Paisley PA1 1NB
Telephone: 0141 618 6351
OneRen, a trading name of Renfrewshire Leisure Limited
Company limited by guarantee no: 490998
Registered Charity in Scotland: SCO33898
OneRen, a trading name of Renfrewshire Leisure Trading Limited
Company limited by guarantee no: 241310
VAT Registered Company: 210 0336 83
oneren.org
#WeAreOneRen
32
Page 75 of 260

Page 76

Page 76 of 260

Page 77

___________________________________________________________________________ 
To:  Leadership Board
On:  1 May 2024
_________________________________________________________________ 
Report by: Chief Executive
___________________________________________________________________
Heading:  Funding for Engage Renfrewshire 2024/25
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary 
1.1 This paper outlines proposals for the allocation of £360,610 of grant funding to
Engage Renfrewshire for 2024/25. Together with annual core Scottish
Government funding and wider income generation, this grant funding enables
Engage Renfrewshire to provide a range of activities and supports across the
area and to operate as Renfrewshire’s third sector interface organisation.   
1.2 The level of funding remains unchanged from previous funding allocations,
and if approved would be supported by a grant agreement between Engage
Renfrewshire and the Council, subject to ongoing monitoring.  The agreement
has historically set out the key priorities and activities to be delivered by
Engage Renfrewshire in respect of the grant funding, however this remains
flexible to ensure that both organisations can continue to work together to
respond to emerging issues.  For example, in recent years this has been
demonstrated as local partners navigated COVID and the current and ongoing
cost of living crisis. 
1.3 Information is provided in Section 4 in relation to the activities delivered by
Engage Renfrewshire in 23/24 in relation to the grant funding allocated, whilst
section 5 highlights the priorities that will be progressed during 24/25 subject
to approval of the grant funding. 
Item 6
Page 77 of 260

Page 78

1.4 As elected members will be aware, the Council is progressing its Connected
Communities programme which is being led by the Head of Policy and
Partnerships.  As part of this, work is being undertaken to map existing
mechanisms and resources for developing community capacity in
Renfrewshire, with the funding for Engage Renfrewshire included within the
scope of this review. 
1.5 Officials from Engage Renfrewshire have worked very proactively with officers
during 2023 to provide detailed information on the activities undertaken by the
organisation.  This is being used to inform more detailed design work being
progressed to develop the Connected Communities model.  It is anticipated
that further updates will be provided to elected members on these proposals
and future funding proposals during Autumn 2024. 
2. Recommendations 
2.1 It is recommended that elected members:
• approves grant funding of £360,610 to Engage Renfrewshire to deliver the
priorities outlined in section 5 of this report. 
___________________________________________________________________
3. Background 
3.1 Engage Renfrewshire is the designated Third Sector Interface (TSI) for the
Renfrewshire Council area. Engage provides services to support the operation
and growth of community and voluntary sector organisations (also known as
the third sector), including Social Enterprises, within the area. The
organisation: 
• supports social enterprises, community development trusts, charitable
groups, mutual aid groups and more. 
• helps groups to build capacity and to be safe, by providing information,
advice and training for everything from charitable structures to funding.
• support volunteer involving organisations with recruitment and volunteer
support, and work with individuals to find them rewarding and uplifting
volunteer opportunities. They also work with local charities and public
sector bodies to promote volunteering for all. 
3.2 Engage Renfrewshire is funded to provide support to local community and
voluntary sector organisations by the Scottish Government, and to deliver
against the TSIs outcome framework for Scotland. 
Page 78 of 260

Page 79

3.3 Engage Renfrewshire is based in the Engage Hub in Ferguslie Park, and a
number of local organisations from both the third and public sector are tenants
within the Hub. Membership of Engage Renfrewshire is free to organisations
and individuals. 
3.4 Engage also generates its own income through trading, through the provision
of financial and payroll services to individuals, organisations and voluntary
groups. 
___________________________________________________________________
4.  Key activities delivered during in 2023/24
4.1 In April 2023, Leadership Board approved the allocation of £360,610 in grant
funding to Engage Renfrewshire for 23/24 and a grant support agreement was
subsequently put into place to deliver a number of identified and agreed
priorities.  Progress against this programme of work has been regularly
monitored by officers with key activities including:
• Building capacity within the community and voluntary sector by supporting
members to access development, support and funding. Engage
membership continues to grow and Engage now has a membership of
448.
• Co-ordinating the Renfrewshire Social Enterprise network, enabling its
114 members to access specialist support to develop their organisations.
Engage have helped RenSEN members secure an additional £152,000 of
investment and seen £57,000 in cash grants allocated. 
• Collaborating with Renfrewshire Council’s procurement team to pilot a
new approach to the Community Benefits menu, with a focus on raising
the importance of community engagement at a pre-tender stage 
• Supporting and promoting various local funding initiatives including
Multiply, the Winter Connections programme, Culture Arts and Health
Social Care and Cultural Heritage and Event Funding. In particular over
2023/24, Engage played a key role in supporting the design of community
funding approaches as well as assisting with partnership decision making. 
• Managing and distributing over £0.5m of funding from the Community
Mental Health and Wellbeing Fund - the overarching aim of the Fund is to
support community-based initiatives that promote and develop good
mental health and wellbeing and/or mitigate and protect against the
impact of distress and mental ill health within the adult population. Engage
are now working alongside the HSCP to deliver the Renfrewshire
Community Wellbeing Network. 
Page 79 of 260

Page 80

• Supporting the Community Planning Partnership, including chairing the
Forum for Empowering Communities, connecting Renfrewshire’s third
sector to the wider Community Planning agenda and supporting other
partnership groups and activities relating to children and young people,
employability, connectedness and mental health and wellbeing 
• Childrens Services Partnership development, providing insight and voice
of third sector and also facilitating the Our Children Network 
• Representatives on all Local Partnerships, and in particular supporting a
partnership approach to identifying appropriate community funding
sources
• Supporting local volunteering activity, promoting Volunteers Week and co-
ordinating Saltire Awards across Renfrewshire. There are 1,483 potential
volunteers registered on Team Kinetic system, receiving updates from
121 provides on volunteer opportunities. 
• Continuing to lead the Renfrewshire Affordable Credit Alliance, and
supporting third sector organisations to support people around affordable
credit options. Initially funded by Renfrewshire Council, Engage
successfully secured external funding to continue this work and moving
forward there will be increased focus on illegal money lending prevention,
while promoting the affordable borrowing options.
• Establishing and growing the Renfrewshire Integration Network (IN-Ren)
and supporting wider community integration of New Scots in
Renfrewshire. The N-Ren training programme attracted 226 attendees to
sessions across the year. 
4.2      Further information on Engage Renfrewshire’s full range of services and
activities for 2022-23 can be found within their Annual Report 1 published on
their website. 
___________________________________________________________________
5.        Grant funding for 2024/25
5.1 As outlined in Section 1, officers recommend that funding of £360,610 is
allocated to Engage Renfrewshire for 2024/25.  This would support the
organisation to continue to operate in Renfrewshire, and deliver the following
key strategic priorities in partnership with the Council
• Building Renfrewshire’s community and voluntary sector capacity
• Representing the third sector in the delivery of our Community Plan and
its strategic priorities 
• Providing the strategic and operational lead for volunteering in
Renfrewshire 
1 engage-annual-report-2023.pdf (engagerenfrewshire.org)
Page 80 of 260

Page 81

5.2      A refreshed outcomes framework has been developed to support this funding
arrangement if approved. As outlined in Section 1, this remains flexible in
order that support can be requested by the Council and community planning
partnership in relation to emerging priorities.  Particular strategic priorities for
2024/25 include supporting emerging programmes of work in relation to Fairer
Renfrewshire, Climate emergency, Digital, Equalities, Migration, Asylum/New
Scots and Community Learning and Development.  
5.3  Appendix 1 sets out a one-page summary of Engage Renfrewshire’s Business
Plan for 2024/25, which will be used to inform monitoring of performance
during 2024/25, alongside the Grant Support Agreement.
5.4 Engage Renfrewshire will continue to submit a quarterly performance
monitoring report to officers in Renfrewshire Council Chief Executive’s Service
for review and agreement.
___________________________________________________________________
6.  Connected Communities programme
6.1 When considering funding arrangements for 23/24, elected members were
asked to note that work has commenced to formally review the funding
arrangement with Engage Renfrewshire going forward, linked to the
Connected Communities programme led by the Head of Policy and
Partnerships. 
6.2 Throughout 23/24, officers have worked alongside Engage Renfrewshire to
review the current funding model.  Several areas have been identified where
there may be further alignment and efficiencies which will be explored as the
Council develops and implements its new model. These include: 
• reviewing how we support community and voluntary organisations to build
their capacity more broadly, including the balance of tasks carried out by
various Council services as well as partners such as Engage, 
• reviewing the Council’s strategy and resources related to both its own
investment in communities, but the effectiveness and opportunities in
levering in additional external investment to support the voluntary and
community sector, 
• the potential role of the third sector interface in the transition to greater
locality-based working, particularly the support to Local Partnerships and
support and resourcing of the Local Action Plans to be developed
throughout 2024, 
• how the Council supports social enterprise, and connection to wider
economic development activity 
• where Engage provides direct support to the deliver of key Council
services, such as the support offered in co-ordinating the distribution of
community benefits 
Page 81 of 260

Page 82

6.3 Engage have proactively supported the initial phase of work by providing all
additional information requested.  As we move into the detailed design phase
of the programme it is anticipated that further updates will be provided to
Leadership Board by Autumn 2024, including recommendations in relation to
funding for external organisations to support the programme.
6.4 Officers will continue to work very closely with the Chief Executive of Engage
Renfrewshire to continue to develop and strengthen this relationship as the
review progresses and proposals are brought forward for consideration by
elected members.
___________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report
1. Financial – commitment of £360,610 in grant funding to Engage
Renfrewshire which can be met from the Chief Executive’s Service budget for
24/25. 
2. HR & Organisational Development - None 
3. Community/Council Planning – funding for the Third Sector Interface
supports the third sector contribution to all priorities detailed within both the
Council and Community Plans. 
4. Legal – None 
5. Property/Assets - None 
6. Information Technology - None   
7. Equality & Human Rights  - No negative impacts on equality groups or
potential for infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified
arising from the recommendations contained in the report.  Supporting the
Third Sector Interface would have a positive impact on equalities outcomes,
by developing and engaging a range of diverse voices in the community
planning process and supporting the development of equalities-led third
sector organisations. 
8. Health & Safety - None
9. Procurement - None
10. Risk – Funding the Third Sector Interface mitigates risk of community and
voluntary sector organisations not being able to contribute to community
planning outcomes.
11. Privacy Impact - None
Page 82 of 260

Page 83

12. Cosla Policy Position – Cosla supports the principle of community planning
as a means of improving outcomes and reducing inequalities and the
importance of Third Sector Interfaces in delivering this.
13. Climate implications -  no direct implications, however Engage have
supported all partnership work in this area and encouraged active
participation across the sector.
_________________________________________________________
List of Background Papers - None
___________________________________________________________________
Author:  Annabelle Armstrong-Walter, Strategic Partnerships and Inequalities
Manager, annabelle.armstrong-walter@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 83 of 260

Page 84

Page 84 of 260

Page 85

Engage Renfrewshire – Business Plan 2024/25 
Quarterly updates prepared for Engage Renfrewshire board & Renfrewshire Council
Annual report for Scottish Government
Our aim is to help charities and community groups to be well managed, well resourced, well represented and well connected. 
Medium Term Outcomes (2024 to 2025)
Schedule of Monitoring
Volunteering - key to
health, wellbeing,
and employability
Local organisations
are accessing
increased amounts of
sustainable funding
Local organisations -
well governed and
delivering quality
services
Local organisations
are contributing to a
strong local social
economy
Improved levels of
cross sector
collaboration
Community
Empowerment
central to local
governance
During 2024/25 we will:
•Support Scottish Government, Renfrewshire's Community Planning Partnership and Renfrewshire's
communities
•Support cross sector partnership work (CLD, Drugs & Alcohol, Whole Family Wellbeing etc)
•Align ourselves to key strategies including the Social Enterprise Action Plan and the Volunteering
Action Plan, ensuring the strength of the sector's role in supporting recovery
•Deliver on agreements associated with the Community Mental Health & Wellbeing fund
•Support high standards of volunteer recruitment and management within our membership while
promoting volunteering as part the employability pipeline
•Promote social enterprise as a viable business model through workshops and training programmes
•Assist partners to increase and develop their awareness and understanding of the local third
sector
•Promote Engage Financial Services to all members and partners
•Arrange and facilitate area based initiatives in support of developing community assets
•Support the delivery of the IN-Ren Network and support equality
•Support external funding applications being submitted by members
•Provide advice and support in response to humanitarian crises as they arise
•Survey the impact of volunteering
• Promote digital as a platform for enagement and use digital communications to promote the work
of the Third Sector
•Deliver a training timetable reflective of the needs of our members
•Support promotions and engagement sessions around access to fair and affordable forms of credit
•Work well with the private sector through engagement with Renfrewshire Chamber of Commerce
•Promote financial governance as a key responsibility for local organisations and local trustees
•Develop a response to the National Health & Wellbeing Survey
Ensuring the voice of our
network is heard &
understood by decision
makers and funders
Working with public and
private sectors to ensure
we’re making the most of
all resources
Creating new partnerships
and new ways of working
to bring resources into
Renfrewshire.
Ensuring our networks
influence, engage with,
and promote emerging
social strategies
Helping to enhance health
& promotes life chances
Helping to strengthen
local organisations
Supporting social
enterprise start up
Building a strong culture
of volunteering
Connecting people and
organisations, ensuring
our networks are strong
and effective
Understanding the needs
of our network
Helping more
organisations work
collaboratively
Providing practical and
responsive financial
support
CAPACITY                            CONNECT                            INTELLIGENCE                            VOICE     
Page 85 of 260

Page 86

Page 86 of 260

Page 87

___________________________________________________________________
To:  Leadership Board
On:  1 May 2024
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Chief Executive
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Migration and Asylum Update
___________________________________________________________________    
1. Summary 
1.1 This paper provides an overview of recent developments in relation to
migration and asylum provision in Renfrewshire, including specific updates in
relation to support for Ukrainian Displaced Persons. 
1.2 Section 5 of the paper provides a more detailed update in relation to the
asylum dispersal programme in Renfrewshire, and specifically in relation to
the streamlined asylum process which is being implemented by the Home
Office. Officers have been working over the winter period to manage the
impact of associated additional pressures on housing and homelessness
services, which continue to experience ongoing escalation of demand.  A
detailed report in relation to the work being undertaken will be reported to the
Communities and Housing Board on 21 May 2024. 
1.3 Services and partners continue to work closely to respond to emerging policy
developments in relation to migration and asylum activities, and have
increased the frequency and membership of the Strategic Migration Group
chaired by the Chief Social Work Officer in light of the ongoing complexity of
the issues being progressed collectively. 
___________________________________________________________________     
2.  Recommendations 
2.1  It is recommended that members of the Leadership Board:
• note the contents of this report
Item 7
Page 87 of 260

Page 88

• note the actions progressed by services and partners in terms of wider
demands on public services, with additional resources allocated as
highlighted in section 5.10 of this report 
___________________________________________________________________    
3.  Background 
3.1 In December 2023, the Leadership Board considered a report summarising
the various pressures being experienced by services and partners as a result
of a number of significant developments emerging in relation to migration,
asylum and refugee resettlement activities at a Scottish and UK level. 
3.2 It was noted within this report that Renfrewshire has a strong track record in
terms of supporting people who come to live and settle in the area through
different humanitarian programmes or resettlement routes, and that services
and partners have worked very closely in recent years to develop the skills,
experience and supports required in response. 
3.3 The level of change experienced over the past 18-24 months in terms of
migration and asylum related activities has been unprecedented, particularly
in relation to the impact of the Ukraine humanitarian resettlement programme,
the widening of asylum dispersal across the UK and increasing pressures in
relation to unaccompanied asylum seeking children and young people.   
3.4 This paper highlighted a number of areas of resource pressure for the Council
which had been identified in relation to asylum dispersal, particular in relation
to the provision of temporary accommodation and housing support services
linked to increased presentations from asylum seekers receiving positive
decisions on their asylum status whilst staying in Renfrewshire, and
potentially as a result of overflowing demand arising from asylum dispersal in
Glasgow. 
3.5 This paper provides an update for members on the issues raised in the
December 2023 paper, and also highlights emerging issues for consideration. 
___________________________________________________________________    
4.  Support for Ukrainian Displaced Persons (UDPs) 
4.1 The Council, HSCP and partners have played a key role in national efforts to
support Ukrainian people who arrived in Scotland and into Renfrewshire over
the last 2 years.  A core element of our role has been to support the
establishment and ongoing operation of a Welcome Hub linked to Glasgow
Airport.   
Page 88 of 260

Page 89

4.2 As of 31 March 2024, there were 28 individuals staying in Welcome Hub hotel
accommodation from a high of over 400 in Autumn / Winter 2022. The
reducing number of arrivals has allowed the Resettlement Team to scale back
operations at the Hub in order to direct support towards those Ukrainian
households who have moved on to live in the community here in
Renfrewshire, and a range of ‘integration’ events. 
4.3 Housing Support Officers also provide resettlement support to a significant
number of Ukrainian Displaced Persons living across Renfrewshire’s
communities. As of 31 March 2024, 180 social rented tenancies have been
provided to UDPs by the Council and Registered Social Landlords, and 13
UDP households have been supported to move on to private rented sector
accommodation. 448 Ukrainian Displaced Persons are being supported
across Renfrewshire. 
4.4. On 19 February 2024, the Home Office announced that existing Ukraine
scheme visa holders will be able to apply to remain in the UK for an additional
18 months under a new Ukraine Permission Extension Scheme set to open in
early 2025 (before the first UKR scheme visas start to expire in March 2025). 
4.5 On this date changes to the Immigration Rules for applications were also laid. 
These changes mean that people submitting Homes for Ukraine visa
applications after this time will be granted 18 months permission rather than
36 months. New sponsors of Homes for Ukraine applications must be either
British or Irish citizens or have indefinite leave to remain (ILR) in the UK and
commit to a minimum 6-month sponsorship period.  In addition, the Ukraine
Family Scheme was closed to new applications. 
4.6 Sponsors of Ukrainian Displaced Persons who arrive under the Homes for
Ukraine scheme will continue to be eligible for Thank You payments for the
duration of their guest's Homes for Ukraine visa permission. This will be up to
three years for sponsors of guests on a three-year Homes for Ukraine visa, at
£350 per month in Year 1, and £500 per month for years 2 and 3. This also
applies to sponsors of Eligible Minors. This payment is tax free and does not
affect the sponsor’s entitlement to benefits or their council tax status. 
4.7 For those UDPs on an 18-month Homes for Ukraine visa (i.e. applications
made from 19 February 2024), sponsors will be eligible to receive £350 per
month in Year 1, and £500 for months 13-18. This also applies to sponsors of
Eligible Minors. 
4.8 Councils will continue to receive £5,900 of one-off funding per new arrival
under the Homes for Ukraine scheme (including arrivals following visa
changes on 19 February 2024). 
___________________________________________________________________     
Page 89 of 260

Page 90

5. Asylum Dispersal 
5.1 In April 2022, the UK Government notified all UK local authorities of their
intention to expand asylum dispersal arrangements across the UK, rather than
through a number of agreed asylum dispersal areas such as Glasgow. 
5.2 The Home Office’s contractor, Mears, has to date identified only a small
number of residential properties in Renfrewshire to support asylum dispersal,
due to the current pressures being experienced in the local private sector
housing market. However, two hotels have been utilised as contingency
accommodation for asylum seekers in response to the large number of people
awaiting asylum decisions across the UK – one in Paisley and one in Erskine.   
5.3 In January 2024 the Council was advised that Mears/Home Office intended to
cease use of the hotel in Erskine by end March 2024.  All service users being
supported in the hotel were subsequently moved to alternative
accommodation across the national asylum estate by end March. 
5.4 Approximately 70 service users are currently being supported within asylum
contingency hotel accommodation in Paisley. 
5.5 Within the update provided to Leadership Board in December 2023, officers
highlighted emerging concerns in relation to the asylum dispersal process and
the intention of the Home Office to accelerate the asylum decision making
process over the Winter period.  Through official data received in late 2023, it
was estimated that up to 66 positive decisions could be provided to people
being supported by Mears in Renfrewshire into early 2024, who may present
to local homelessness and housing services over the festive and winter period
requiring temporary accommodation. 
5.6 A significant additional concern was the potential impact of the asylum
dispersal process in Glasgow.  Prior to Christmas, Glasgow City Council had
declared a housing emergency due to ongoing accommodation pressures
coupled with an additional 1400 positive decisions anticipated for asylum
seekers living in Glasgow over the winter period. 
5.7 At that time officers highlighted to members that the pressures in Glasgow
could potentially generate an additional 200 housing applications in
Renfrewshire over the 3 months to end February.  A range of measures were
put into place in order to respond effectively to additional demands on the
service, as reported to the Communities and Housing Policy Board on 16
January 2024.  These measures include: 
• meeting increased targets in 2023/24 for letting Council houses to
those who were homeless,
Page 90 of 260

Page 91

• ensuring RSL’s played their part and increased the proportion of their
lets to those who were homeless, 
• setting a further increased target for lets to homeless applicants in
2024/25
• increasing the stock of temporary accommodation available 
5.8 Whilst the winter period has been extremely challenging for homeless and
housing support services in Renfrewshire due to a range of factors influencing
the local and national increase in homelessness, the additional demand
relating to the asylum dispersal process has not been at the level predicted. 
5.9 The number of additional homeless applications per month from those who
were part of the asylum dispersal process is in single figures. Though this
alone will result in a 7% - 10% increase in the total annual number of
homeless applications in Renfrewshire at a time when other factors such as
the ongoing cost-of-living pressures and reduction in turnover are similarly
adding pressures to the local social rented housing system.   
5.10 Officers are continuing to work on local contingency arrangements, as there
are likely to be further tranches of the accelerated asylum decision making
process during 2024.  Funding drawn together from across the various
migration and asylum programmes has been utilised to provide additional
capacity in terms of policy co-ordination, resettlement support and housing
support provision, including the continued provision of support for private
sector tenants which supports local housing and homeless services to
manage homelessness presentations and requirements for housing support
longer term. 
___________________________________________________________________    
6. Afghan Resettlement Programmes 
6.1 Elected members are asked to note that further national policy developments
relating to the Afghan resettlement programmes are likely to have a future
impact on resettlement locally.  Officers have attended UK Government
webinars in relation to the Afghan Relocations and Assistance Policy (ARAP)
and the Afghan Citizens Resettlement scheme (ACRS) which is intended to
support up to 20,000 people to settle in the UK. 
6.2 As part of the development of these programmes, the UK Government have
been consulting on a potential cap that could be introduced to guide the level
of support that each local authority across the UK would provide to these
schemes ie a specific number of people to be supported over an agreed time
interval.  COSLA prepared and submitted a response on behalf of Scottish
local authorities, in its role as the Strategic Migration Authority. 
Page 91 of 260

Page 92

6.3 The Council does not currently have an agreed position in relation to the
Afghan resettlement scheme, and the number of people that could be
supported in Renfrewshire through this.  In terms of previous schemes that
the Council has voluntarily participated in such as the Syrian resettlement
programme, the Council committed to supporting “its fair share” of refugees
as part of the national approach in Scotland rather than confirming a specific
number.  It is recommended that in terms of future requests made in relation
to the Afghan scheme that this general commitment is adopted, as this will
allow the Council to respond flexibly in light of local circumstances and
pressures.
___________________________________________________________________    
7. Next steps 
7.1 As highlighted within the report, the pace and scale of change in relation to
migration and asylum activities continues to develop, and it is essential that
partners continue to regularly review and respond to local requirements as
these are identified, particularly in light of the pressures being experienced in
terms of local housing availability. 
7.2 As highlighted above in this report, the Strategic Migration Group chaired by
the Chief Social Work Officer has expanded its membership and increased its
frequency of meetings to ensure local partners can continue to discuss and
respond to emerging issues timeously. 
7.3 A paper will be submitted to the Communities and Housing Policy Board on
21 May 2024 which will provide a detailed update on homelessness in
Renfrewshire, related housing support pressures and the actions being
progressed by officers and partners in response. 
___________________________________________________________________      
Implications of the Report
1. Financial – the increasing demand on services has been largely managed
within existing resources with some additional staffing being put into place
through migration and asylum funding streams allocated to the Council by the
UK and Scottish Government as highlighted at section 5 of the report.   
2. HR & Organisational Development – Grant funding allocated by both the
UK Government and Scottish Government for different schemes has been
utilised to fund additional support staff as required. 
3. Community/Council Planning – Supporting New Scots to resettle in
Renfrewshire is an important element of the Fairer Renfrewshire programme,
and has been identified as a priority by members of the Fairer Renfrewshire
lived experience panel. 
Page 92 of 260

Page 93

4. Legal – relevant legal advice is sought from colleagues in relation to proposed
policy changes and their impact on Renfrewshire. 
5. Property/Assets – none. 
6. Information Technology – none. 
7. Equality and Human Rights - the Recommendations contained within this
report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human
rights. The New Scots strategy supports a human rights based approach to
the resettlement of people in local communities.  These principles remain core
to local discussions with partners in relation to proposed policy changes which
may arise 
8. Health and Safety – none. 
9.  Procurement – none. 
10. Risk – the paper notes potential risks in terms of increased pressure on local
resources as a result of national policy changes around asylum dispersal, and
particularly highlights increased financial risks which have been identified
recently in relation to potentially significant pressures on housing and
homeless services. 
11.  Privacy Impact – none. 
12. COSLA Policy Position – regular updates on migration and asylum
developments are considered through COSLA Leaders and policy boards.   
13. Climate Risk – none/ 
List of Background Papers:   None 
Author:   Laura McIntyre, Head of Policy and Partnerships.
Page 93 of 260

Page 94

Page 94 of 260

Page 95

___________________________________________________________________
To:  Leadership Board
On:  1st May 2024
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Chief Executive
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Renfrewshire Council British Sign Language (BSL) Plan 2024 -
2029
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary
1.1 A British Sign Language Plan has been developed to ensure that
Renfrewshire Council can better meet the needs of BSL users. The
actions cover a range of Council services, from improving BSL content
on the website to encouraging BSL using parents on to Parent
Councils.
1.2  Renfrewshire Council are required by the British Sign Language
(Scotland) Act 2015 to publish a BSL plan by 6th May 2024.
1.3 The plan was developed in consultation with BSL users in Renfrewshire
and is available in BSL and English.
1.4 The plan has been developed in line with guidance produced by
Scottish Government which requires local authorities to include specific
actions from the national plan in local authority plans. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations
2.1  It is recommended that elected members: 
Item 8
Page 95 of 260

Page 96

• Approve the Renfrewshire Council BSL Plan attached at Appendix 1
for implementation.
• Note the summary of feedback from Renfrewshire BSL users.
• Agree that Renfrewshire BSL users continue to be involved in
monitoring the implementation of the plan and adjust goals and
activities according to local need when appropriate. 
_________________________________________________________
3. Background
3.1 The BSL (Scotland) Act 2015 aims to raise awareness of BSL and
improve access to services for those using the language by requiring
the Scottish Government and listed local bodies to publish and
implement their own plans for how they will promote the use of the
language. 
3.2                The Plan follows the BSL National Plan 2023-2029, published on 6
November 2023, which was developed through extensive engagement
with D/deaf and Deafblind BSL users and those who work with them.
The long-term goals of the national plan have been used to structure
the Renfrewshire plan. Local Authorities are required to publish a BSL
Plan by 6th May 2024. 
3.3  The Scottish Government has produced a template for local authorities
outlining the actions that must be included from the National Plan. It is
then expected that local authorities develop additional actions specific
to their area. The Act requires development of the plans to:
• Involve BSL users (including those who use the tactile form of the
language) and those who represent them;
• Ensure that the consultation on the draft plan is accessible to D/deaf
and Deafblind BSL users; and
• Be published in BSL as well as in English in both draft form, and in
final form. 
3.4 These requirements have guided the development of the Renfrewshire
Council BSL plan and are assessed as being met. 
3.5 Work has been undertaken with all Council services to recognise both
areas of good practice, as well as areas for development. A wide range
of Council services have high level actions included, in line with the
guidance for the plan. 
3.6 The full Plan is attached as Appendix 1 to this report with key actions
including:
Page 96 of 260

Page 97

• Promoting the availability of accessible BSL interpreting services
locally, and improving BSL awareness across our services and
partners. 
• Improving access to our information and services for BSL users,
including producing information in BSL videos and highlighting BSL
accessible ways to get in touch.
• Promote BSL awareness in pupils, parents, and staff by providing
opportunities for raising BSL awareness.
• Build our understanding of BSL in Renfrewshire through improving
evidence and data, as well as engaging with the local communities.
Consultation
3.7  The draft plan was made available on the Renfrewshire Council web
site as both a BSL video and in written English. Feedback was
encouraged in videoed BSL form, in English and also through meetings
with individuals. A consultation event was held in Paisley with BSL
interpreters and electronic note takers present. 18 local BSL users
attended the event to provide input. Much of the input reflected the
actions and themes already covered in the draft Plan, but where new
ideas were raised, these have been included in the final plan where
possible.   
3.8 Most frequently raised points raised during the consultation process
included:
• Improving access to our information and services for BSL users,
including making our website more accessible to BSL users by
including BSL videos and highlighting BSL accessible ways to get in
touch.
• Promoting BSL awareness in pupils, parents, and staff by providing
opportunities for raising BSL awareness.
• Including BSL content in the school’s section of Renfrewshire
Council’s website, including key information on sending your child to
school.
• The need for support in applying for jobs, and on improving
accessibility within recruitment.
• The need for more involvement for young BSL users, to understand
their needs and make sure enough BSL provision for D/Deaf
children in Renfrewshire, including in schools and socially.
Page 97 of 260

Page 98

___________________________________________________________________
4.  Next Steps
4.1 If approved, the Renfrewshire Council BSL Plan will be translated into
BSL and placed on the Renfrewshire Council website before the end of
May 2024. The summary of discussion, feedback and next steps will
also be translated into BSL and placed on the Renfrewshire Council
web site. 
4.2 Ongoing involvement with the BSL using community is planned to
implement the plan and assess progress. It is intended that the plan
responds to the needs of local BSL users through ongoing involvement,
including prioritising the actions and adjusting them as needed.
Collaboration will continue with Renfrewshire Health and Social Care
Partnership to support input from local BSL users about services
across the organisations.  
___________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report
1. Financial – There are no financial implications associated with the BSL
Plan, and actions will be met within existing resources. 
2. HR & Organisational Development – There are some implications for
staff training, which are accounted for. 
3. Community/Council Planning –  
• Our Renfrewshire is well – the Plan has been developed jointly with the HSCP
and NHS to ensure that BSL users have better access to mental health services
and health improvement
• Our Renfrewshire is fair  - the plan will promote better BSL inclusion
• Tackling inequality, ensuring opportunities for all – equality will be promoted by
this plan and opportunities improved in BSL
• Working together to improve outcomes – the Plan has been developed in
partnership with the local BSL community and partner organisations 
4. Legal – The publication of the Plan ensures that Renfrewshire Council
complies with the BSL (Scotland) Act 2015. 
5. Property/Assets - none 
6. Information Technology - none  
Page 98 of 260

Page 99

7. Equality & Human Rights – It is anticipated that the BSL Plan will
have positive equality and human rights impacts, particularly for deaf
and deafblind residents locally. It is recognised that there is a lack of
data on the equalities characteristics of the local BSL user community,
but further engagement with BSL users will support the development of
the Council’s understanding of the needs to local BSL users. 
8. Health & Safety – none 
9. Procurement – none 
10. Risk - none
11. Privacy Impact - none
12. Cosla Policy Position – none
_________________________________________________________
List of Background Papers 
(a) Renfrewshire Council British Sign Language Plan
(b) Summary of BSL users’ input during consultation 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author:           Annabelle Armstrong-Walter, Strategic Partnerships & Inequalities
Manager, Chief Executive’s Service, 0141 618 5968 
Page 99 of 260

Page 100

Page 100 of 260

Page 101

1
Renfrewshire Council British Sign
Language (BSL) Plan
2024-2029
Page 101 of 260

Page 102

Renfrewshire BSL Plan 2024-2029 2
Contents
1. Introduction ....................................................................................... 3
2. Summary ............................................................................................ 4
3. BSL Action Plan 2024-2029 ................................................................ 5
3.1. BSL Accessibility .................................................................................... 5
3.2. Children, Young People and their Families ........................................... 6
3.3. Access to Employment .......................................................................... 8
3.4. Health and Wellbeing .......................................................................... 10
3.5. Celebrating BSL Culture ...................................................................... 11
3.6. Democratic Participation .................................................................... 12
4. What happens next? ........................................................................ 13
Page 102 of 260

Page 103

Renfrewshire BSL Plan 2024-2029 3
1. Introduction
This is the BSL Plan for Renfrewshire Council, as required by the BSL (Scotland) Act
2015.  It sets out actions that Renfrewshire Council will take over the period 2024-2029.
It follows the BSL National Plan 2023-2029, published 6 November 2023, which was
developed through extensive engagement with D/deaf and Deafblind BSL users and
those who work with them. The long-term goals of the national plan have been used to
structure the Renfrewshire plan. 
Renfrewshire Council provides a large variety of services. Some services are accessed by
everyone who lives in Renfrewshire, such as bin collection, whereas others are for
specific groups, such as primary schools. To develop this plan, different services have
looked at what they are doing for BSL users and what they could do in the future. The
draft actions were then consulted on with Renfrewshire’s BSL users. 
Involvement & where to find the plan
This plan is a living document and will be updated through the lifecycle of the National
Plan. 
Involvement and input from local BSL users are welcomed to inform how the plan is
developed. 
The BSL version of this plan can be found on Renfrewshire Council’s website at
http://www.renfrewshire.gov.uk/article/7803/Renfrewshires-BSL-Plan
If you want to discuss the plan please contact Stuart Graham on:
• 0141 487 1509 via the Contact Scotland BSL relay service 
• email communityplanning@renfrewshire.gov.uk
• write to Stuart Graham, Chief Executive’s Service, Second floor Renfrewshire
House, Cotton Street, Paisley, PA1 1WB. 
British Sign Language (BSL) users can contact us via contactSCOTLAND-BSL
Page 103 of 260

Page 104

Renfrewshire BSL Plan 2024-2029 4
2. Summary
This plan will raise the profile of BSL in Renfrewshire and ensure that BSL users have
good access to Council services. While it is divided into sections related to long term
goals for Scotland, it shows how these will work in a Renfrewshire context. 
Key actions within the Plan include: 
• Promoting the availability of accessible BSL interpreting services locally, and
improving BSL awareness across our services and partners. 
• Improve access to our information and services for BSL users, including producing
information in BSL videos and highlighting BSL accessible ways to get in touch.
• Promote BSL awareness in pupils, parents, and staff by providing opportunities for
raising BSL awareness.
• Build our understanding of BSL in Renfrewshire through improving evidence and
data, as well as engaging with the local communities. 
About BSL in Renfrewshire
Figures from the 2011 Census show that in Scotland 12,533 people said they used BSL
(About 0.24% of the population). In Renfrewshire, that number was 349 (0.2% of
Renfrewshire’s population). 
The 2022 Census included a question about whether people can use BSL.  Another
question asked what people’s main language was, with BSL and tactile BSL as options.
Figures for the 2022 Census on language have not been released yet but data released
on population estimates that the Renfrewshire population is 183,800. If we use this
estimate, then the number of people saying that they use BSL would have increased by
19 people to around 369 (0.2%).
Throughout the plan, we refer to ‘BSL users’, which covers all people whose first or
preferred language is BSL, including those who receive the language in a tactile form
due to sight loss. BSL is a language in its own right, with its own grammar, syntax and
vocabulary. We also accept that the majority of BSL users are Deaf and Deafblind, as
well as the fact that there are many deaf and deafblind people who do not use BSL. 
Page 104 of 260

Page 105

Renfrewshire BSL Plan 2024-2029 5
3. BSL Action Plan 2024-2029
3.1. BSL Accessibility
“To remove accessibility as a barrier for BSL users in all aspects of life,
recognising the importance of having accessible information in the right format
at the right time, utilising technology and increasing people’s awareness of
communication tools.” (BSL National Plan) 
The Council’s approach is to involve our customers and make a difference to
the service we provide for the benefit of our customers. Meeting the needs of
BSL users is a part of this strategy. 
The Council has developed an accessibility guide for Communications and
Marketing activities, which includes guidance on the use of BSL in our
communications and marketing. 
By 2029, we will: 
Analyse existing evidence we have about BSL users in our organisation; identify
and fill key information gaps so that we can establish baselines and measure our
progress, including exploring ways to identify BSL communication needs on
customer records.   
Implement any duties regarding inclusive communications emerging from the
review of Public Sector Equality Duties and ensure that that the needs of BSL
users are reflected in any local response. 
We will get feedback from BSL users during the development of the new Council
website and its information so that we can improve access to our information and
services for BSL users. 
Improve access to our information and services for BSL users, including
producing BSL videos and highlighting BSL accessible ways to get in touch. 
Promote the use of the Scottish Government’s nationally funded BSL online
interpreting video relay services called ‘contactSCOTLAND-BSL’ to staff and to
local BSL users.   
Further options for improving BSL users’ access across Council services will be
explored in consultation with the local community.  
Page 105 of 260

Page 106

Renfrewshire BSL Plan 2024-2029 6
3.2. Children, Young People and their Families 
“The Getting it Right for Every Child (GIRFEC) approach will be fully embedded, with
a D/deaf or Deafblind child and their family offered the right information and
support at the right time to engage with BSL. We will strengthen partnerships
between relevant organisations to overcome barriers for BSL users and deaf/
deafblind children to ensure they have the support they need at all stages of their
learning, so that they can reach their full potential.” (BSL National Plan) 
Renfrewshire’s approach to the design, delivery and evaluation of children’s
services is robust and underpinned by the views and needs of our children and
young people. 
Renfrewshire Council’s Teachers of the Deaf work with children across
Renfrewshire and our schools are working to meet the needs of pupils and
parents to raise awareness of BSL in different ways. The ethos of the Additional
Support Needs Education Policy is to aim for mainstream schooling, where
schools are responsive to the needs of individual pupils. Where BSL provision is
needed, this is provided at Garvel Deaf Unit in Inverclyde, but there is parental
choice to pick other schools. 
By 2029, we will: 
Ensure that services for children and families reflect the United Nations
Convention On The Rights Of The Child (UNCRC) as related to BSL users.   
Explore opportunities for BSL users to inform work on Whole Family Wellbeing in
Renfrewshire. 
Provide early years staff with information about BSL and Deaf culture, and about
resources that are available in BSL, so that they can meet the needs of families
with a D/deaf or Deafblind child. 
Take forward advice developed by Education Scotland to a) improve the way that
teachers engage effectively with parents who use BSL and b) ensure that parents
who use BSL know how they can get further involved in their child’s education.
Page 106 of 260

Page 107

Renfrewshire BSL Plan 2024-2029 7
Share good practice already in place in some Renfrewshire schools for BSL using
parents’ involvement. 
Work with Parent Councils to improve awareness of BSL and Deaf culture and
encourage representation from BSL using parents through the Renfrewshire
Parent Council Liaison Group meetings. 
Promote BSL awareness in pupils, parents, and staff by providing opportunities
for raising BSL awareness. 
Explore producing BSL information for families with children, including key
information on sending your child to school. 
Contribute to the national language learning programme (1+2) to support the
learning of BSL in schools for hearing pupils, including sharing best practice and
guidance. 
Page 107 of 260

Page 108

Renfrewshire BSL Plan 2024-2029 8
3.3. Access to Employment 
“BSL users will receive person-centred support to develop their skills, consider what
route to employment is right for them and enter into the workforce so
that they can fulfil their potentialand improve Scotland’s economic performance. They
will be provided with support to enable them to progress in their chosen career.” (BSL
National Plan) 
In Renfrewshire, our Invest In Renfrewshire team support many people with specific
needs to access employment and our widening access work in schools supports
pupils making choices about their future. 
Renfrewshire’s core employability services, Department of Work and Pensions (DWP),
Skills Development Scotland (SDS) and Renfrewshire Council (Invest Employability
and Business Development Services) all have access to interpretation/translation
services, using several specialist providers.  Other local training and employment
services also provide support to BSL users.
As a Disability Confident organisation, when advertising for jobs, we welcome
applications from all disabled people including D/deaf people.  We use a range of
options to simplify the application process and make it more accessible for applicants
who use BSL.
Renfrewshire Council Business Development Team/Business Gateway has support in
place to help BSL users who are interested in self-employment to access business
development support and will identify the most appropriate solution for individuals
attending workshops and webinars. 
For BSL clients, where written support is the best option in the first instance, further
Business Support can be arranged through an appointment with an advisor and 1-1
Expert Help Surgeries can be provided in person using a BSL interpreter.
Page 108 of 260

Page 109

Renfrewshire BSL Plan 2024-2029 9 
By 2029, we will: 
Renfrewshire Local Employability Partnership will work with relevant specialist
organisations such as RNID and Sense Scotland to further develop our Employability
service offer and staff awareness and expertise. This will help to ensure Renfrewshire
residents with hearing loss or impairment including those using BSL are aware of the
employability support available, are able to access this and receive the support they
require to progress into and within employment. 
Signpost pupils and students to a wide range of information, advice, and guidance in
BSL about their career and learning choices and the transition process, as part of our
widening access work in secondary schools. 
Work with partners who deliver employment services, and with employer groups
already supporting employability to help signpost them to specific advice on the
needs of BSL users. 
Continue to raise awareness locally of the UK Government’s ‘Access to Work’ (AtW)
scheme with employers and with BSL users (including those on Modern
Apprenticeships) so that they can benefit from the support it provides. Invest In
Renfrewshire also provide money management and financial capability support to
individuals as part of a package of support. 
Page 109 of 260

Page 110

Renfrewshire BSL Plan 2024-2029 10
3.4. Health and Wellbeing 
“BSL users will have access to the information and services they need to live active,
healthy lives, and to make informed choices at every stage of their lives” (BSL National
Plan). 
The Renfrewshire Health and Social Care Partnership work to deliver adult social care
services and all community health services for adults and children in Renfrewshire.
The partnership brings together staff and services from Renfrewshire Council and
NHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde. The sensory impairment team is part of the Health
and Social Care Partnership. 
These actions are joint with NHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde and Renfrewshire Health
and Social Care Partnership.
By 2029, we will: 
Signpost BSL users to health and social care information available in BSL (to be
produced by NHS Health Scotland and NHS24), and b) develop complementary
information in BSL about local provision, as appropriate. 
Ensure information and services about mental health services are accessible to all
individuals. 
Through the Integration Joint Board, ensure that psychological therapies can be
offered on a fair and equal basis to BSL users. 
Take steps to improve access to information about sport, and to local sports facilities
and sporting opportunities. 
Ensure that any local work to tackle social isolation explicitly considers the needs of
BSL users. 
Page 110 of 260

Page 111

Renfrewshire BSL Plan 2024-2029 11
3.5. Celebrating BSL Culture 
“BSL users will have full access to the cultural life of Scotland, and equal
opportunities to enjoy and contribute to culture and the arts, and are
encouraged to share BSL and deaf culture with the people of Scotland.” (BSL
National Plan) 
Renfrewshire makes a significant contribution to culture and the arts, with a
vibrant arts and cultural scene. This includes events at the newly refurbished
Paisley Town Hall, the new Paisley Central Library in High Street, Paisley and the
ongoing work on Paisley Museum and Art Centre. 
In 2023 Renfrewshire Council’s Communications Team developed an accessibility
guide for the communications and marketing team which outlined the process for
securing BSL interpreters so that knowledge is shared among the team. 
By 2029, we will:
Continue to incorporate BSL provision into our events programmes. 
Enable BSL users to take part in culture and the arts as participants, audience
members and professionals. 
Encourage and support BSL users to consider a career in culture and the arts. 
Make information in BSL available about culture and the arts on relevant
websites and at venues. 
Improve access to the historical environment, cultural events and performing arts
and film for BSL users. 
Page 111 of 260

Page 112

Renfrewshire BSL Plan 2024-2029 12
By 2029, we will:
Ensure that support is available around the whole electoral process so that BSL
users are not excluded. This will include appropriate support and information to
ensure that they can register as electors and can cast their vote. 
Ensure that BSL users are supported to participate fully and fairly should they
choose to seek elected office, by ensuring that information is accessible and
regularly reviewed and updated. 
Continue to work in partnership with other stakeholders to support BSL users
including political parties and the Electoral Commission. 
Ensure that candidates wishing to stand will be signposted towards the financial
support available via Inclusion Scotland’s Access to Elected Office Fund. 
3.6. Democratic Participation 
“BSL users will be fully involved in democratic and public life in Scotland, as
active and informed citizens, as voters, as elected politicians and as board
members of our public bodies” (BSL National Plan) 
Renfrewshire Council has 43 elected members who make decisions across a
variety of Boards and committees. Local people are also encouraged to get
involved in decisions about their communities. 
Renfrewshire Council has carried out a review of community level governance
which has shown that local people want easier ways to share in setting local
priorities and input into local decision making. Improving access is a theme of
this work, which will support BSL users to contribute. 
Renfrewshire Council has established a Fairer Renfrewshire Sub Committee as
part of its commitment to tackling inequalities. 
Page 112 of 260

Page 113

Renfrewshire BSL Plan 2024-2029 13
4. What happens next? 
• This final version of the plan will be available in BSL and English following approval by
Renfrewshire Council’s Leadership Board. 
• Please contact Stuart Graham if you want to continue to be involved with Renfrewshire
Council as we further develop and implement the actions in our plan on: 
o  0141 487 1509 via the Contact Scotland BSL relay service
o email communityplanning@renfrewshire.gov.uk, or
o  write to Stuart Graham, Chief Executive’s Service, Second floor Renfrewshire House,
Cotton Street, Paisley, PA1 1WB. 
• Some of the actions within this final plan will require further discussion to inform the
detailed implementation. This will take place with those BSL users who have agreed to
continue their involvement with the plan. Progress will be measured and reported on
annually, with feedback provided for local BSL users. 
• A Renfrewshire Council officer steering group, consisting of officers with commitments to
implement elements of the BSL Plan, will be established to take the work forward. 
• As part of our Fairer Renfrewshire programme, we will set up a forum for local BSL users
to support the Council to improve knowledge about current community needs and
inform the Council’s policy and practice.
Page 113 of 260

Page 114

15
ChiefExecutive’sService
Renfrewshire Council
Renfrewshire House
Cotton Street
Paisley
PA1 1BR
Page 114 of 260

Page 115

To:  LEADERSHIP BOARD 
On:  01 May 2024 
Report by: DIRECTOR OF ENVIRONMENT, HOUSING AND INFRASTRUCTURE 
Heading: Review of Renfrewshire’s Public Transport Provision 
1. Summary 
1.1 At the meeting of the Leadership Board of 26 April 2023, the Board approved recommendations
relating to a review of Renfrewshire’s Public Transport provision. The recommendations
approved were:
 that the commencement of the Review of Renfrewshire's Public Transport Provision be
noted;
 that the first stages of the Review as set out in section 5 of the report be noted;
 agreed that update reports be brought back to this Board; 
 as part of the review, Officers be instructed to engage with the Community Transport
Association who had a track record in supporting communities in setting up successful,
sustainable not for profit public transport options; 
 that Council called on the Scottish Government to take decisive action to 
o Reverse the soon to be implemented cuts to Renfrewshire bus services;
o Investigate the placing of strict conditions on support to private bus companies;
o Look at introducing caps on fares to encourage people to use bus services; and
o Move towards bringing local bus services under local authority control 
1.2 Officers engaged a transport consultant Systra, to deliver this review on the basis of the
recommendations from the Leadership Board with a view to outlining recommendations for how
the public transport network in Renfrewshire could be improved for the benefit of the communities
of Renfrewshire. 
1.3 This report sets out the key stages the consultant considered as part of the review and the local
and regional context for the current public transport network as well as looking further afield for
any successful models currently in operation elsewhere. 
1.4 During this period, Strathclyde Partnership for Transport (SPT) have also been conducting a
Regional review of public transport and have developed a Regional Bus Strategy. The
Renfrewshire report links to but is not constrained by the work ongoing at a regional level. 
Item 9
Page 115 of 260

Page 116

SPT’s regional bus strategy is out for consultation at the present time. The strategy presents
potential future operating models for the way forward for bus services across the region.  The
Council intends to submit a response to the consultation and this will be presented to the
Infrastructure, Land and Environment Policy Board in May, along with the response the Council
would intend to submit to SPT a copy of the Systra report ( as attached at appendix 1) to support
the development on the strategy for Renfrewshire and the Region. 
1.5 The full report is attached as an Appendix to this report but is summarised in some detail at
sections 3 to 5 below. 
2.      Recommendations 
It is recommended that the Leadership Board: 
2.1 Notes the completion of the review and the results of the public consultation highlighted within
the report, 
2.2 Agrees that officers from Renfrewshire should participate in wider regional discussions on the
implications of alternative delivery models for bus services in Renfrewshire, 
2.3  Agrees that officers should engage with bus operators and SPT in relation to the development of
Bus Service Improvement Partnerships, and 
2.4 Notes the positive progress been made with delivering a community transport model for
Renfrewshire.   
3.   Public Transport Network Review 
3.1 Background to the Review
The overall aim of the review was to assess the current local bus network and understand the
range of interventions that may be available to the Council as well as understanding the role that
community transport could play in a future model. 
3.2 The review is set within the context of national, regional and local policy drivers including;
 National Transport Strategy 2 (NTS2) – the strategy for Scotland aims to provide fair,
easy and affordable access to all through an inclusive, safe and accessible transport
system. 
 Regional Transport Strategy (RTS) – the RTS for the west of Scotland covers the period
between 2023 and 2028 to ensure the area is well connected with active, liveable
communities, facilitated by high quality, sustainable, low carbon transport. 
 SPT Regional Bus Strategy – SPT’s regional bus strategy has been developed and is
out for consultation at the present time. The strategy presents potential future operating
models for the way forward for bus services across the region as outlined below:
o Business As Usual; 
o Voluntary Partnerships; 
Page 116 of 260

Page 117

o Bus Service Improvement Partnerships; 
o Local Services Franchising; and 
o Municipal Bus Company 
The consultation on the regional strategy is open until 13 May 2024 and officers will
provide a response to the consultation which will be provided to the next meeting of the
Infrastructure, Land and Environment Policy Board for approval. We have advised SPT
that the response provided by the closing date will be subject to approval of the ILE Board
on 29 May 2024. 
Officers appreciate that this is a topic which generates significant interest and elected
members and the general public are encouraged to submit individual responses and the
consultation can be accessed at the web address below:
www.spt.co.uk/about-us/what-we-are-doing/regional-transport-strategy/bus-
strategy/ 
 Local Transport Strategy (LTS) – the Council is developing a new LTS which should be
ready for publication in early 2025. The should reflect the key priorities for national and
regional strategies but also identify measurable actions that the Council can take to
achieve these ambitions. 
 Ren Zero – Sustainable Transport is one of the key themes within the Ren Zero plan and
will be a major focus for the organisation as we work towards net zero by 2030. 
3.3 Renfrewshire Demographic Context
As outlined in Section 2 of the Review Report, bus journeys have been declining in Scotland and
the former Strathclyde region have dropped by around 35% since around 2008/09. 
3.4 Commuting and retail journeys make up over 50% of all journeys regardless of the mode of travel.
bus journey purposes. When considering public transport journeys (bus and rail) commuting to
work, the Renfrewshire figure is slightly higher at 16% than the Scottish average of 15%. 
3.5 Over a similar timeframe car ownership has significantly increased, with that increase figure in
Renfrewshire being around 20%. However, in Renfrewshire, there are currently 25% of
households who do not have access to a car, this figure is even more start in lower income SIMD
areas where they reach up to 55% and therefore these communities rely on these services to be
operating effectively to go about their daily lives. 
3.6 Consultation Process
One of the key priorities within the review was to consult with the public to better understand the
localised experience they have when accessing bus services and to identify the barriers to
increasing public transport patronage. 
3.7 The public consultation comprised of online and paper based surveys combined with a series of
facilitated drop in sessions where the public could speak to Council officers about their concerns
on a face to face basis. 
3.8  Almost 1,800 responses were received during the consultation period with a summary of the main
response issues highlighted below and expanded upon in more detail in the Appendix. 
Page 117 of 260

Page 118

Frequency of bus use 
From the figure below, many of the respondents were those who are frequent bus users with 69%
using a bus at least once per week 
Time of Travel 
The most frequent time of travel was between 9.30am and 4pm on a weekday, however more
than half of the respondents also identified that they travel by bus at the weekend. The graph
shows the level of demand there is for services operating in the off peak hours and weekends. 
Satisfaction with buses in Renfrewshire   
The overwhelming majority of respondents, 82%, answered that they were dissatisfied to at least
some extent with the current provision of bus services in Renfrewshire. The response
demographic outlines that bus users were on average more satisfied with services that non users
although dissatisfaction reasons could include services no longer being available in certain areas. 
Page 118 of 260

Page 119

Reasons for not travelling by bus   
A variety of responses were given by respondents in relation to the reason why they did not travel
by bus with 54% stating it was because bus services did not operate in their area. These were
closely followed by 47% stating it was due to access to alternative transport and 42% advising it
was due to buses to serving their destination. 
Measures to encourage more bus journeys  
As expected, there were a number of improvements that would encourage more people to use
bus services on a more regular basis. 75% of respondents advised that more frequent services
would encourage them to use the bus as a method of transport.   
Respondents also offered a number of other points including:
 39 respondents advising they would like to see better regulation of bus operators and
for them to be held accountable for service levels,
 172 respondents felt that increasing competition and having more than one operator in
the area would improve the service, and
 53 highlighting they would like to see better customer service provided by drivers. 
In addition to the public consultation document, the drop in sessions produced broadly similar
themes with the key problems identified during these sessions highlighted below.
Page 119 of 260

Page 120

3.9  Bus Network Review
The bus network in Renfrewshire is dominated by one main bus operator (McGills) being
responsible for over 75% of routes in the area, with the second biggest operator (First Glasgow)
covering around 10% of the market. 
3.10  In Renfrewshire over 80% of the bus network is service by commercial routes with the
remaining share being subsidised services, where the route is not financially attractive to an
operator but there is a community need and the routes are subsidised through SPT. 
3.11 At the current time there are no direct bus services from Bridge of Weir, Kilbarchan and
Houston to the Royal Alexandria Hospital or Paisley. 
3.12 The frequency of bus services has been analysed over the time periods 2015 – 2019 and 2019
– 2023 in order to understand how bus services had changed before and after the pandemic.
The changes were then analysed at different time periods during the day to identify how these
changes then impacted services at peak and off peak times. 
2019 v 2015 Frequency
 Between 7am and 9am the majority of routes lost up to 10 buses in the AM period, with
reductions noted in key routes such as Paisley to Renfrew, Paisley to Johnstone,
Glasgow to Erskine, and Paisley to Bridge of Weir, 
 Between 10am and 3pm the majority of routes lost 10 buses per hour with the Paisley
to Johnstone corridor showing a decrease of between 10 and 30 buses per hour. 
 Between 5pm and 7pm the majority of bus routes lost up to 10 buses per hour with
some stops in Renfrew showing loss of between 10 and 20 buses per hour. 
2023 v 2019 Frequency
 Between 7am and 9am there were further frequency reductions across a number of
Paisley routes, however some routes in Renfrew, Houston, Bridge of Weir and
Howwood witnessed frequency increases. 
 Between 10am and 3pm further reductions are noted across Paisley routes with some
marginal increase on the Paisley to Johnstone route. 
 The pattern of reduction from 2019 to 2023 continues in to the evening peak with a
number of routes showing reductions. 
Page 120 of 260

Page 121

3.13 In addition to frequency reductions, some bus routes have been withdrawn by operators. The
Scottish Government had utilised a Network Support Grant (NSG) to assist bus operators with
their recovery from the impacts of the pandemic. The removal of the NSG coincided with the
withdrawal of 6 bus services which served Renfrewshire. 5 of these routes were operated by
McGills, with 1 route being operated by First Glasgow. 
3.14 Bus Services also play a key role in providing access to employment areas with Paisley,
Renfrew, Johnstone and the Airport area being major employment centres. Paisley, Renfrew
and Johnstone are all well served with regular bus services, however the airport area only has
one service and as a result any cancellations or delays have a major impact. 
3.15 Network Review Summary 
When reviewing the data on services and combining with the outcome from the public
consultation process it is clear that there are a number of areas where the bus provision is sub-
standard. The main areas affected are:
 Langbank to Paisley,
 Dargavel/Bishopton,
 Erskine to Paisley,
 Connections to the Royal Alexandria Hospital, and 
 Connections to the Southwest area of Renfrewshire – Houston, Bridge of Weir and
Kilbarchan. 
3.16 A number of recommendations have been made in pages 67 and 68 of the report, however it
should be noted that in the commercial operating market that bus provision is currently provided
in, there are limitations on how many of these recommendations the Council can take forward in
the short to medium term. 
3.17 There is a specific reference to community or demand responsive transport and this is covered
in more detail at section 4 of this report. 
3.18 Previous engagement with bus operators has resulted in requests from operators for the
Council to improve the infrastructure associated with public transport. The main areas that
operators have highlighted which they advise would allow them to improve service frequency
and reliability are:
 Provision of dedicated bus priority infrastructure including bus lanes and real traffic light
priority systems,
 Improvements to enforcement of traffic restrictions to reduce private cars being an
obstruction to public transport, 
 Removal of on street parking from key bus corridors to support journey time and
frequency improvements, and
 Expansion of real time information infrastructure. 
4. Bus Operating Landscape and Opportunities for Change 
4.1 Since bus services were deregulated in 1986 the role of local authorities in the delivery of bus
services is limited to the provision of infrastructure on the local road network and engagement
with the regional transport authority (SPT) to make improvements to services. 
4.2 The Council does not have the power to regulate bus operations across its area and it cannot
prevent the withdrawal of services.
Page 121 of 260

Page 122

4.3 The current commercial market results in the commercial operators being responsible for bus
network planning, bus fares and ticketing arrangements as well has the discretion of integrating
their services with other transport modes. 
4.4  As a result of this the bus operators have the power to plan and design services whereas the
Council is only able to plan routes that are deemed to be required from a social rather than a
profitable point of view and this is delivered with support from SPT. 
4.5  As outlined at section 3.2 above, SPT’s Regional Bus Strategy has highlighted a number of future
potential operating models for the bus network and as part of the Council’s review, Systra have
carried out an assessment and options appraisal of the different models available. 
4.6 The options considered are:
 Status Quo – Delivered through a voluntary partnership arrangement which seeks to
strengthen current relationship and delivery of joint outcomes. At the current time the
Council is already a member of the Glasgow City Region Bus Partnership which is
comprised of the eight local authorities, SPT and bus operators in the area. 
 Bus Service Improvement Partnership (BSIP) – This is a new form of statutory
agreement that would ensure agreements between operators and a transport authority
were binding and can include sanctions if commitments are not adhered to. 
 Bus Franchising Scheme – Franchising moves competition on to a operating contract
level rather than on road competition between operators. This provides a greater degree
of control over bus service specifications and fares to local transport authorities. The
authorities would then procure contracts to deliver the levels of service it requires
necessary to meet the needs of communities. 
 Municipal Ownership – As a result of the changes from the Transport (Scotland) Act
2019 local transport authorities can create municipally owned bus companies to compete
for contracts and operate registered bus services. The municipal operator would likely be
an arms-length organisation wholly owned by the authority but providing separation when
competing for contracts. 
The full detail of the appraisal is contained at page 74 of the review report, with a summary
provided in the table below: 
It is agreed within the report that the status quo is not the preferred way forward and is unlikely
to have any real effect on improving the bus network in the future. The summary
recommendations are that the alternative models should be explored and in order to derive the
most significant improvements to the network, these should be considered at a regional level. 
Page 122 of 260

Page 123

5.   Community Transport 
5.1  There are a number of circumstances where community transport can play a role in the delivery
of vital transport services for local communities, particularly where users cannot access public
transport because of mobility issues or there is a lack of service provision in their area. 
5.2 Council officers have been working with a number of different community groups who have
expressed an interest in starting a community transport organisation. This work has resulted in
the creation of a group called Renfrewshire Community Transport. They are now a Scottish
charitable incorporated organisation and have been successful in securing £25,000 funding from
the Sustainable Communities fund to develop a business plan to identify a way forward for
delivering a community transport model in Renfrewshire. 
5.3 Council officers will continue to support the organisation and will provide resources to create a
robust business plan that can then be adopted by other organisations in the future. 
6.   Next Steps 
6.1  It is clear from the report that there are options to consider for the future direction of the public
transport landscape in the future, however there are some more short-term actions that the
Council can set out to achieve in order to improve services for local communities whilst awaiting
more fundamental model change. 
6.2 Council officers will review the infrastructure provided for local bus services and identify where
there are opportunities for delivering improvements. It is however worth noting that the SPT
capital programme for 2024/25 has been reduced to £0 so there is little scope for delivering
infrastructure improvements in 2024/25. 
6.3 Officers will also respond to the SPT Regional Bus Strategy consultation, however given the
varying personal opinions on the issue elected members may be keen to provide individual
responses also. 
Page 123 of 260

Page 124

Implications of this Report 
1. Financial – Although the expected financial impact of alternative models for bus service
delivery cannot be quantified at the current time it is anticipated that a franchising model could
require significant additional public expenditure to deliver. 
2. HR and Organisational Development – none 
3. Community Planning 
Our Renfrewshire is thriving / Reshaping our place, our economy and our future –
By continuing to support public transport improvements we will continue to facilitate
access to employment and economic growth. 
4. Legal – none 
5. Property/Assets – none 
6. Information Technology – none 
7. Equality & Human Rights - The recommendations contained within this report have been
assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative impacts on
equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified
arising from the recommendations contained in the report. If required following implementation,
the actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed and
monitored, and the results of the assessment will be published on the Council’s website. 
8. Health and Safety – none. 
9. Procurement – none. 
10.  Risk – none.   
11. Privacy Impact – none. 
12. Cosla Policy Position – none. 
13. Climate Impact – Delivering an improved public transport service for communities across
Renfrewshire should result in a decrease in private car mileage which is a major contributor to
emissions across the area. 
List of Background Papers - none 
Author  Gordon McNeil, Director of Environment, Housing & Infrastructure
e-mail:  gordon.mcneil@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 124 of 260

Page 125

Renfrewshire Bus
Network Review
and Future Options
Study Report
Page 125 of 260

Page 126

3
1. Background to the Study
▪ Aims and Objectives
▪ Policy Review
2. Demographic Context
▪ Population and Socio-economic Data
▪ Bus Journeys, Car Ownership and Travel to Work
data
3. Consultation
▪ Online Survey
▪ Public Drop-in Sessions
4. Network Analysis
▪ Existing Bus Market and Core Services
▪ Change in Bus Routes and Frequency
▪ Service Withdrawal
▪ Accessibility Gaps
▪ Bus Priority Measures
5. Alternatives for Change
▪ Current Operational Model
▪ Bus Partnership and Reform Options
▪ Comparison of Operational Models
▪ Appraisal of Bus Partnership and Reform Options
▪ Costs and Revenues of Delivery Models
▪ Recommendations
6. Community Transport
▪ Existing Situation
▪ Demand for Community Transport
▪ Proposal for Community Transport
7. Actions to Take Forward
Contents
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 126 of 260

Page 127

LA CONFIANCE TRANSPORTE LE MONDE
Background to the Study
Section 1
Page 127 of 260

Page 128

5
Aims and Objectives of the Study
▪ Aims
▪ Undertake a review of local bus network in Renfrewshire and advise on the range of interventions now
available to the Council to tackle any perceived shortfalls, including the potential role of the community
transport sector.
▪ Objectives
▪ Identify gaps in local bus services
▪ Identify user (and non-user) needs and perceptions
▪ Identify potential solutions to improve bus provision
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 128 of 260

Page 129

6
Policy Overview
The Renfrewshire Bus Network Review is set within the context of the goals and
objectives set out by national, regional and local policies. Below is a summary of the
policies and strategies that are relevant to this study.
National Policy
National Transport Strategy 2 (NTS2)
Scotland’s National Transport Strategy 2 (NTS2) envisage to have a sustainable,
inclusive, safe and accessible transport system, helping deliver a healthier, fairer and
more prosperous Scotland for communities, businesses and visitors. To this end,
NTS2 sets out priorities that include-
▪ Reduce inequalities
▪ Will provide fair access to services we need
▪ Will be easy to use for all
▪ Will be affordable for all
▪ Take climate change action
▪ Identify gaps in local bus services
▪ Identify user (and non-user) needs and perceptions
▪ Identify potential solutions to improve bus provision
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Figure 1 : Sustainable travel hierarchy
Page 129 of 260

Page 130

7
Regional Policy
Regional Transport Strategy
The Regional Transport Strategy for the west of Scotland 2023-2038 aims to make the west of Scotland “an attractive, resilient and well-
connected place with active, liveable communities and accessible, vibrant centres facilitated by high quality, sustainable and low carbon
transport shaped by the needs of all”.
The following objectives of the RTS emphasise on the need for public transport improvement in the region to achieve its strategic vision.
▪ To improve accessibility, affordability, availability and safety of the transport system, ensuring everyone can get to town centres, jobs,
education, healthcare and other everyday needs
▪ To reduce carbon emissions and other harmful pollutants from transport in the region
▪ To make public transport a desirable and convenient travel choice for everyone
Strathclyde Regional Bus Strategy-Draft Case for Change
▪ The Regional Bus Strategy draft case for change aims “To provide a world class bus network which reverses the long-term decline in travel by
bus, by developing a more efficient bus system which is fully integrated with other public transport, affordable to all and plays a key role in the
social, environmental and economic development of the region”.
The SRBS sets out three key objectives-
▪ Increase Network Coverage
▪ Increase affordability of bus network
▪ Increase attractiveness of the bus network
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Policy Overview
Page 130 of 260

Page 131

8
Local Policy
Key local Transport policies and strategies that identify public transport improvements as crucial for sustainable growth are discussed
below.
Renfrewshire Local Transport Strategy
Renfrewshire is currently developing a new Local Transport Strategy (LTS). The 2017 LTS Refresh states the key objectives including-
▪ Extend opportunities for all by:
▪ Combating poverty and promoting equality including
▪ Supporting behavioural change;
▪ Encouraging healthier lifestyles;
▪ Encouraging a choice of transport options;
▪ Improving access for all, including the mobility impaired.
▪ Encourage integration of services and an integrated approach by public bodies whilst achieving best value
Renfrewshire Economic Strategy 2020-2030
The Economic Strategy aims “To improve the economic infrastructure of Renfrewshire including better public transport provision, rail and road
capacity, and the provision of new digital connectivity and networks”.
It recognises the need for interventions that influence travel behaviours and modal shift including public transport improvement, exemplary
networks for walking and cycling, park and ride and demand management measures for private car use.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Policy Overview
Page 131 of 260

Page 132

9
Renfrewshire Local Development Plan 2021
Renfrewshire LDP 2021 supports investment which assists sustainable communities by ensuring people and places are well connected
through access to a range of travel and transport networks. In particular, new developments “on sites which can be accessed sustainably to
encourage a modal shift from the private car to walking, cycling and public transport”.
The LDP also aims to support sustainable economic growth by delivering high quality development with “good accessibility to a range of
sustainable travel modes, based on links to the hierarchy of walking, cycling, public transport networks and ensuring integration with the
design and layout of the development and the wider network”.
Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero
‘Sustainable Transport’ is one of the Key Themes and Actions within Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero. The Priority areas for this theme
include-Extend opportunities for all by:
▪ Maximise active travel opportunities;
▪ Increase public transport patronage;
▪ Minimise car miles;
▪ Enable modal shift to Ultra Low Emission Vehicles (ULEVs);
▪ Alleviate transport poverty; and
▪ Local carbon offsetting: to make every trip in the Renfrewshire area net zero carbon.
Improvements to public transport provision will help increase patronage and minimise car distance kilometres. This will contribute to
reduction in carbon emission and help alleviate transport poverty.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Policy Overview
Page 132 of 260

Page 133

10
Legislation
The Transport (Scotland) Act 2019
This review takes cognisance of the Transport Act 2019 and the powers given to local authorities related to bus operations, intended to give
local transport authorities more flexibility to respond to their own transport challenges. These include-
▪ Provision of bus services etc. by local transport authorities
▪ Bus services improvement partnerships
▪ Franchising frameworks and franchise agreements
▪ Provision of service information when varying or cancelling registration
▪ Smart and integrated ticketing
▪ Provision of information about bus services
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 133 of 260

Page 134

LA CONFIANCE TRANSPORTE LE MONDE
Demographic Context
Section 2
Page 134 of 260

Page 135

12
Renfrewshire Population
Population
▪ 2022 Census - 183,800, an increase of 9,000 from 2011
▪ Male - 48.4% ; Female - 51.6% (2021 estimate)
▪ Renfrewshire population by age group (2021 estimate):
Ageing Population
▪ 17% are under 16; 12% are 16 to 24; 54% are 25 to 64; and 19% are 65
or over.
▪ 65 and over age groups have grown since 2011, while the proportion of the
population under 24 has dropped.
Ethnicity
▪ The Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic (BAME) population
accounts for 2.8% of the overall local population​. This equates to 4,781
people. Of these:
▪ 65% are Asian; 17% are African; 9% are from multiple ethnic
backgrounds; 2% Caribbean; and 7% from other ethnic groups​.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
29,784
17,798
46,950 50,823
19,047 15,538
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
0 to 15 16 to 24 25 to 44 45 to 64 65 to 74 75 and
over
People
Age Group
Population by Age Group
(NRS Mid-Year Estimate for 2021)
-2.70%
-9.40%
3.90% 2.30%
17.80% 15.40%
-15%
-10%
-5%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
0 to 15 16 to 24 25 to 44 45 to 64 65 to 74 75 and
over
%
Change
Age Group
Population % Change by Age Group
(2011-2021, NRS Mid-Year Estimate)
Figure 2(a,b): Age profile and population change in Renfrewshire
(a)
(b)
Page 135 of 260

Page 136

13
Socio-Economic Data
Deprivation
Figure 3 shows Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation
(SIMD) in Renfrewshire. Most deprived areas are-
▪ Paisley
▪ Renfrew
▪ Johnstone
▪ Linwood
It is estimated that in 2019/20 6,997 (23.1%) children in
Renfrewshire were living in poverty after housing
costs. This is almost 1 in every 4 children. (Renfrewshire
Health and Social Care Partnership)
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Lochwinnoch
Howwood
Bridge
of Weir
Houston
Johnstone
Kilbarchan
Renfrew
Bishopton
Erskine
Linwood
Figure 3: Level of deprivation in Renfrewshire
Paisley
Page 136 of 260

Page 137

14
Historical Data
Passenger Journeys
Historical data shows that bus journeys in Scotland have been declining
over the years (Figure 4). In Southwest and Strathclyde region, bus
passenger journeys dropped by about 35% between 2008-09 and 2019-
20.
Travel to Work and Other Purposes
Table 1 shows percentage of trips by purposes and Commute and
shopping trips make up more than half of all journeys. Travel to work
data 2019 in Table 2 shows that a similar proportion of people in
Renfrewshire (16.0%) use public transport for commuting compared
with the national average (15.0%). 2011 household survey data show
that 62.4% of employed people in Scotland travelled to work by car.
This implies that a majority of the commute trips in Renfrewshire are
also made by cars.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
% Business
Journeys
% Commuting
Journeys
% Education
Journeys
% Health
Journeys
% Shopping
Journeys
Scotland 2.4 23.3 5.6 2.2 23.6
Renfrewshire 2.0 24.0 5.0 3.0 30.0
% Bus
Journeys To
Work
% Cycling
Journeys To
Work
% Train
Journeys To
Work
% Walking
Journeys To
Work
Scotland 9.6 2.7 5.4 12.0
Renfrewshire 10 1.0 6.0 4.0
Table 1: Percentage of trips by purpose in Renfrewshire and Scotland Table 2: Travel to work by mode in Renfrewshire and Scotland
Figure 4: Change in total passenger journeys (Source: Department for Transport)
Page 137 of 260

Page 138

15
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
%
Of Households
with no Access to a Car
Year
Households with no Access to a Car
Renfrewshire Car Ownership
Renfrewshire Car Ownerships
Figure 5 shows that car ownerships in Renfrewshire have increased by
about 20% between 1999 and 2021. Currently there are 25% households
who do not have access to a car.
Table 3 below gives an indication of the specific Intermediate Zones with
the highest percentage of households without access to a car, for within
the bottom 2 deciles for SIMD Income
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Table 3: Car ownership level areas in low-income areas
Locality Name Percentage
without a car
Origin TTW Percentage
travelling to work by bus
Linwood 53.9% 19.8%
Renfrew 55.9% 15.5%
Paisley 60.0% 13.0%
Johnstone 55.3% 11.0%
Zone Name Income
Decile
Percentage
without a car
S02002263 Paisley Ferguslie 1.9 55.0%
S02002277 Paisley Gallowhill and Hillington 1.7 51.9%
S02002259 Johnstone Northwest 1.5 50.0%
Table 4: Travel to work by bus in low car ownership areas
Bus Reliance For Travel to Work
Table 4 shows the localities in Renfrewshire with the highest travel to
work by bus mode share. This table is ordered by origin percentage
travelling to work by bus. Nearly 20% of commute trips from Linwood are
made by bus which is almost twice the national average (10.4%).
Figure 5: Household with no access to cars  (Source: Statistics.gov.scot)
Page 138 of 260

Page 139

LA CONFIANCE TRANSPORTE LE MONDE
Consultation
Section 3
Page 139 of 260

Page 140

17
Introduction
Public consultation has been undertaken using an online questionnaire survey and public drop-in sessions in
Renfrewshire.
▪ Online Survey
▪ A questionnaire survey was developed and disseminated via Renfrewshire council website, social media
and targeted emails to community councils. Paper surveys were available on request. The survey was
anonymous and included questions regarding the level of bus usage.
▪ Public Drop-In Sessions
▪ Public drop-in sessions were held at five selected locations around Renfrewshire. The sessions were
facilitated by a team of two members, one each from SYSTRA and Renfrewshire Council.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 140 of 260

Page 141

18
Online Survey
As part of this review, Renfrewshire Council undertaken an online survey between
Friday 20th October 2023 and Friday 24th November 2023, to gather views from
Renfrewshire residents.
The survey aimed to understand local views towards the bus network and identify
any gaps in provisions/barriers to bus use.
The survey was designed by SYSTRA Ltd and hosted (online) and publicised by
Renfrewshire Council through different channels, including on their website, social
media and targeted emails to community councils.
A total of two hundred posters were displayed on prominent bus stops and on-board
buses (Figure 6), and residents were also able to complete the survey at a number of
drop-in sessions held across Renfrewshire.
The survey was anonymous and was open to all residents, regardless of their level of
bus use.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Figure 6: Renfrewshire bus survey poster
Page 141 of 260

Page 142

19
Online Survey
Sample Profile
A total of 1,787 responses were received during the survey period.
Participants were self-selecting but covered a mix of demographic
types.
Figure 7 shows that the majority of the sample identified as women
(71%), whilst around three in ten respondents identified as men
(28%). A higher-than-average proportion of women completed the
survey compared to the average in Renfrewshire (71% vs 52%1).
Just over a third of respondents fell within the 35-54 age category
(35%), followed by a quarter of respondents who were aged between
55 and 65 (26%), and a fifth who fell within the 66-79 age category
(20%). Just 2% of the sample were aged 80 or older. These figures
are broadly representative of the age profile within Renfrewshire.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
AGE
GENDER
Which age group do you
fall within?
(n=1,781)
Which of the
following best
describes your
gender?
(n=1,772) 1%
28%
71%
I use another term
Man
Woman
2%
21%
26%
35%
16%
80 and older
66 - 79
55 - 65
35 - 54
18 - 34
1,787
1Scotland’s Census 2022, National Records of Scotland Figure 7: Survey sample characteristics in terms of Gender and Age
Page 142 of 260

Page 143

20
Online Survey
Sample Profile
Figure 8 shows that a fifth of the sample reported that the Equality
Act definition of a disabled person applied to them (21%). This is
representative of the proportion of disabled people in Renfrewshire.
60% of the respondents did not have any concessionary bus pass.
Majority of the bus pass holders were elderly people (60+).
Just under half of the respondents have access to a car or van as a
driver (47%), while 1% have access to a motorbike or moped. Just
over half of the respondents reported not having access to any of
these vehicles as a driver (52%).
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
MOBILITY
BUS PASS
VEHICLE ACCESS
[Equality Act description of a
disabled person] Does this
definition apply to you?
(n=1,766)
What type of Scottish
National Entitlement
Card do you have?
(n=1,787)
Do you have access to a car,
van, motorbike or moped as a
driver? (n=1,787)
Yes,
21%
No,
79%
60%
4%
7%
29%
None
Young Persons' NEC
Disabled NEC
60+ NEC
1%
47%
52%
Motorbike
Car/van
None
Figure 8: Survey sample characteristics in terms of  Mobility, Bus Pass, and Vehicle
access
Page 143 of 260

Page 144

21
Online Survey
Frequency of Bus Use
92% of respondents have travelled by bus within the last year, while 69% respondents are travelling by bus at least once a week (Figure 9).
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Q4. During 2023, how often have you used this mode (bus) on average?
N= 1,787
31%
28%
10% 10% 8%
5%
8%
5 days a
week or
more
2-4 days a
week
About
once a
week
Less than
once a
week, but
at least
once or
twice a
month
Less than
once a
month,
but more
than twice
a year
Once or
twice a
year
Never
OVERALL SUMMARY
▪ Many respondents are frequent bus users, with
nearly a third (31%) travelling 5 days a week or more.
▪ 69% travel by bus frequently (at least once a week),
23% are less frequent users (less than once a week
but at least once a year), whilst 8% never travel by
bus.
Figure 9: Participants’ frequency of bus use
Page 144 of 260

Page 145

22
Online Survey
Time of Travel
As show in Figure 10, when travelling by bus, the most popular time to travel was between 9.30 and 4pm on a weekday, and at the
weekends.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Q5. When travelling by bus, what time(s) of day do you tend to travel?
N= 1,644
OVERALL SUMMARY
▪ The most frequent time of travel by bus was between
9.30 and 4pm on a weekday (n=970, 59%).
▪ More than half of the respondents (56%) also
reported that they travel by bus at the weekend.
▪ More than a fifth of the respondents travel late in the
evening (between 7pm and 11 pm)
This demonstrates their reliance on buses in the off-
peak hours and weekends.
47%
59%
42%
22%
5%
56%
Before
9.30am on
a weekday
Between
9.30am
and 4pm
on a
weekday
Between
4pm and
7pm on a
weekday
Between
7pm and
11pm on a
weekday
After
11pm on a
weekday
Weekend
at any
time
Figure 10: Participants’ time of travel by bus
Page 145 of 260

Page 146

23
Online Survey
Satisfaction with buses in Renfrewshire
Generally, respondents are dissatisfied with the provision of buses within Renfrewshire.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Q9. When travelling by bus, what time(s) of day do you tend to travel?
N= 1,644
OVERALL SUMMARY
▪ The majority of respondents (82%) answered they
were dissatisfied to some extent with the current
provision of buses (Figure 11).
Very satisfied, 2% Somewhat satisfied, 8%
Neither satisfied
nor dissatisfied,
6%
Somewhat
dissatisfied,
26%
Very
dissatisfied,
57%
TRENDS BY RESPONDENT PROFILE
▪ Bus users were slightly more likely to be satisfied
than non-users (11% vs 2%).
▪ Scottish NEC owners were more likely to be satisfied
than those without (15% vs 8%)Figure 11: Bus user satisfaction
Page 146 of 260

Page 147

24
Suggested Improvements
Respondents were invited to provide further comments as to how bus provision in Renfrewshire could be improved.
1,058 respondents chose to make further comments, and these have been categorised as follows:
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Specific
route
improvemen
ts (882
comments) Reliability
and timing
improvemen
ts (667
comments)
Operator
specific
(272
comments) Impact of
bus travel
(86
comments)
Other
improvemen
ts (63
comments)
Page 147 of 260

Page 148

25
Non-users: Reasons for not travelling by bus
The main reasons for not using the bus are due to buses either not operating from respondents’ origins or to
their chosen destinations. Having alternative transport was also one of the main reasons for not travelling by
bus.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Q10. You mentioned that you have not travelled by bus within the last year. Why is this?
N= 143
OVERALL SUMMARY
▪ Respondents said they do not travel by bus due to
buses not operating in their area (54%) or to their
destination (42%) (Figure 12). .
▪ Meanwhile 47% said they had alternative transport
e.g. car.
▪ Male respondents were more likely to select ‘long
journey times’ (38% vs 17%) or access to alternative
transport (62% vs 42%).
4%
5%
9%
14%
14%
14%
16%
21%
21%
25%
42%
47%
54%
Accessibility issues
Difficulty in accessing info online
Fear of COVID/illness
Buses unreliable (cancellations)
Lack of fare information
Bus is too expensive
Buses do not run on time
Bus journey times are too long
Prefer the comfort of other modes
Lack of flexibility and convenience
Buses do not serve my destination
I have alternative transport e.g. car
Buses do not operate in my area
Figure 12: Participants’ reasons for not travelling by bus
Page 148 of 260

Page 149

26
Improvements to encourage more bus journeys
Respondents said that more frequent services, improved reliability and more bus routes would be most
likely to encourage bus journeys.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Q11. What improvements to bus travel would most likely encourage you to make more journeys by bus?
(Select up to five) N= 1,787
OVERALL SUMMARY
▪ 75% respondents said that more frequent services
would encourage them to use the bus, alongside
more bus routes (60%) (Figure 13).
▪ Reliability is also an important factor, with 67%
wanting more reliable services and 43% selecting
‘fewer cancellations’. 
▪ Disabled people were more likely to want improved
on-board accessibility (17% vs 2%), and males were
more likely to selected improved integration (28% vs
17%).
2%
2%
3%
5%
6%
9%
10%
13%
20%
25%
34%
43%
60%
67%
Covid reassurances
Nothing
Ticketing improvements
Improved on-board accessibility
More comfortable on-board
Improved personal safety
Other
Improved waiting facilities
Improved integration with other modes
Improved timetables/service information
Cheaper fares
Fewer cancellations
More bus routes
Buses running more reliably on time
Other included
earlier/later and
weekend services
(34), improved
driver customer
service (18), and
more competition
from other
operators (17)
Figure 13: Improvements desired by the participants
Page 149 of 260

Page 150

27
Suggested improvements - Routes
Renfrewshire Bus Survey Findings
50 respondents
commented that they
do not have a local bus
service.
188 respondents
commented that they
did have a route, but it
was either withdrawn
or changed.
Many respondents suggested locations where they felt bus routes were required:
Braehead Shopping Centre (32)
Erskine to Paisley / Renfrew (87)
“The no 22 Erskine/Paisley route is
sorely missed. It was a great service”.
Dargavel / Bishopton (73)
“Dargavel village is a growing village however the transport
facilities are very poor”.
Gallowhill Loop (36)
Royal Alexandra Hospital (73)
“It would be much better to be able
to get to appointments easier and
without worry of missing a bus”.
Kilbarchan (35)
Houston (38)
Bridge of Weir (31)
Langbank (38)
Johnston (34)
N=1,058 that provided further comments. Number of comments made about each area is provided in brackets.
Figure 14: Location of improvements suggested by participants
Page 150 of 260

Page 151

28
Suggested improvements – Reliability/timing
Renfrewshire Bus Survey Findings
MORE FREQUENT SERVICES
166 respondents commented that they would like to see more frequent bus services.
Some commented that there is one bus every 1 or 2 hours and would appreciate a half-
hourly service during peak times.
“ Cancellations were also an issue for
many, with 151 commenting on this.
There is also frustration around (lack of)
communication of cancellations.
The current  bus service is not working for most
people with fewer buses and restricted times.
“
“
FEWER CANCELLATIONS
SERVICES RUNNING LATER/EARLIER AND/OR AT WEEKENDS
119 respondents commented that they would like to see services starting earlier in the
morning or later in the evening, and more frequent services at weekends.
95 respondents said they want a more
reliable bus service and buses to run on time.
MORE RELIABLE SERVICES
Why have an information board at a bus stop when
they do not turn up on time or it is a no show.
“
“
More routes and more frequent buses. Where I
live the buses stop running after 7pm.
“
“
Page 151 of 260

Page 152

29
Suggested improvements – Operator
Renfrewshire Bus Survey Findings
GREATER COMPETITION REQUIRED
Many respondents (172) felt that increasing
competition and having more than one operator in the
area, would improve the service provided.
53 respondents commented that they
would like to see better customer
service provided by drivers.
CUSTOMER SERVICE
“
Stop monopolising services, competition makes for a more
cost effective and improved product for consumers.
“
Why have an information board at a bus stop when
they do not turn up on time or it is a no show.
“
“
With a lack of railway lines in Erskine
and Renfrew, these towns are
particularly left to the whims of the
solitary bus provider.
““
39 respondents said they would like to
see better regulation of operators.
Some felt that operators should be
held accountable for poor service, and
some voiced frustration at complaints
not being dealt with to their
satisfaction.
REGULATION
Page 152 of 260

Page 153

30 Renfrewshire Bus Survey Findings
A smaller number of respondents made comments related to other areas, including
communication/information, ticketing, and integration with rail:
▪ 43 comments related to a request for improved communication/information,
particularly when services are delayed and cancelled. Lack of information when a
bus is cancelled or late is perceived to add to frustrations of customers. “
When buses don't come there is no information as to
why and if the next one will appear.
“
▪ 43 comments from respondents who
feel the cost of travelling bus is too high
for the service received. 
▪ 24 respondents commented that they
would like to see better integration with
the rail network, whilst 14 comments
were related to requests for integrated
tickets.
“
Having a connected transport system without needing
to pay for separate travel fares.
“ “Bus provision has to be reimagined as a true public
service. I think the status quo is failing and that we
need new thinking, and expert driven solutions. “
Suggested improvements – Information, Fares and Ticketing
Page 153 of 260

Page 154

31
Impact of Sub-standard Bus Provision
Renfrewshire Bus Survey Findings
Some respondents commented on the impact that a good or bad bus service can have:
Social exclusion / isolation Personal safety Access to services / jobs
Mental health / stress Environmental benefits
Some felt that
removal/change to
services had led to
some groups
(particularly
older/disabled people)
becoming isolated
Some respondents
commented that a poor
service has a negative
impact on their mental
health and they’ve felt
stressed due to cancelled
services
For some, an improved bus
service would encourage
them to get rid of their car
and would have a positive
impact on the environment.
Respondents
commented that a
frequent and reliable
bus service would
help improve access
to jobs.
Many commented that cancelled services
late at night had a negative impact on
their personal safety due to having to
either wait in the dark or walk home
The bus frequency and routes have been
cut and this is sometimes the only way
elderly or disabled people can travel.“ “
It is very unsafe due to late or no-
show busses, especially in the darker
evenings.“ “
Page 154 of 260

Page 155

32
Frequency
92%
respondents have used
the bus within the last
year
Covid changes
travel by bus more since
the Covid-19 pandemic
39%
Satisfaction
83%
respondents are
dissatisfied with the
current bus provision
Key take outs
Renfrewshire Bus Survey Findings
Base: 1,787 Base: 1,787 Base: 1,787
Page 155 of 260

Page 156

33
Non-bus reasons
54%
don’t travel by bus due to
lack of services in their
area
Improvements
respondents would travel
more if services were
more frequent
75%
Improvements
67%
would travel more if
reliability was improved
Key take outs
Renfrewshire Bus Survey Findings
Base: 143 Base: 1,787 Base: 1,787
Page 156 of 260

Page 157

34
Public Drop In Sessions
To reach out to members of the public who unable to take the online survey or who feel more comfortable speaking to a
member of the team, SYSTRA jointly with Renfrewshire Council undertook five public drop-in sessions around Renfrewshire.
The locations were selected in liaison with the council’s communications team, making sure that each location captures a
certain geographic area. Two of the five sessions were run until late evening to allow people to drop in after work. Table 5
presents the schedule, locations and number of attendees in each session.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
DATE TIME LOCATION FACILITATORS NO. OF
ATTENDEES
30th October
2023 10:00 to 16:00 Erskine Library, Bridgewater Place,
Erskine, PA8 7AA
Faqhrul Islam (SYSTRA)
Ian Black (Renfrewshire Council) 34
31st October
2023 13:00 to 19:30 Lagoon Leisure Centre, 11 Christie St,
Paisley PA1 1NB
Faqhrul Islam (SYSTRA)
Mark Higginbotham (Renfrewshire Council)
25
1st November
2023 13:00 to 19:30 Braehead Shopping Centre, King's Inch
Rd, Renfrew G51 4BN
Junaid Sahi (SYSTRA)
Ian Black and Stephen Heron
(Renfrewshire Council)
6
2nd November
2023 10:00 to 16:00 Cargill Hall, Lintwhite Cres, Bridge of
Weir PA11 3LJ
Craig Gow (SYSTRA)
Ian Black (Renfrewshire Council) 4
3rd November
2023 10:00 to 16:00 Johnstone Community Library, 25
Church St, Johnstone PA5 8FA
Craig Gow (SYSTRA)
Ian Black (Renfrewshire Council) 35
Table 5: Drop-in sessions schedule
Page 157 of 260

Page 158

35
Public Drop-In Sessions- Key Problems Identified
In the drop-in sessions, participants were asked about their experience of bus journeys. Conversations with the participants
revealed the following key problems with existing bus provision
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Poor/ Reduced  Frequency
•Short notice cancellations
•Leaves people stranded
Unreliability
•Buses don’t show up
•Delayed buses
Hours of Operation
•Service stops early in the evening
•No services on Sunday
Access to Network
•Long walk to bus stops
•No services in some areas
Journey Time and interchanges
•Long journey time for some trips
•2 or more interchanges for some key trips
Inaccurate Information
•Some services are not shown on electronic displays
•Incoming buses suddenly disappears from the app
On-board Safety
•School Kids do not move for others
•Antisocial behaviour has been witnessed on buses
Crowdedness
•Overcrowded due to  School Pupils
•A passenger had panic attack and had to get off.
Page 158 of 260

Page 159

36
Bus Cancellations
•Short notice cancellations
•Leaves people stranded
Service Withdrawal
•Number 20, 22, 54 removed
•Number 64- replaced with 7A
Unsatisfactory Driver Behaviour
•Rude behaviour
•Starts driving before elderly people settle down
Operator Reluctant to Improve
•Lack of competition between operators
•Don’t communicate, and do not attend council
meetings
Unaffordable fares
•Long journey time for some trips
•2 or more interchanges for some key trips
Multiple Tickets
•Need single tickets for one trip with transfers
•Incoming buses suddenly disappears from the app
Poor Bus Stop Facilities
•Lack of benches at busy stops
•Access to buses is difficult due to low kerbs
Bus Bunching
•45-minute waits, bunches of buses all coming at once
•Service 26 too many buses, frequency too high,
sometimes 3 buses in minutes
Public Drop-In Sessions- Key Problems Identified
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 159 of 260

Page 160

LA CONFIANCE TRANSPORTE LE MONDE
Network Analysis
Section 4
Page 160 of 260

Page 161

38
Existing Bus Operators
▪ Figure 15 shows that McGill's is the main bus operator in
Renfrewshire with over 75% of the Weekly Total Revenue
Distance. First Glasgow is the second biggest operator
covering around 10% of revenue distance.
▪ 81% of the network is served by commercial services and
19% by subsidised services.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Figure 15: Bus operators market share in Renfrewshire
Page 161 of 260

Page 162

39
Subsidised services
Figure 16 Shows the bus routes in
Renfrewshire that are subsidised
by Strathclyde Partnership for
Transport.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Lochwinnoch
Howwood
Bridge of
Weir
Houston
Johnstone
Kilbarchan
Renfrew
Bishopton
Erskine
Paisley
Figure 16: SPT subsidised routes in Renfrewshire
Page 162 of 260

Page 163

40
Core Service Routes
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Table 6: Core service routes in Renfrewshire
No. Description Connects Type of
Route
First
Service
Last
Service
Service Frequency
Peak Interpeak Saturday Sunday
26 Nethercraigs -
Glasgow
Glenburn, Potterhill, Paisley Centre, Gallowhill, Porterfield,
Renfrew, Braehead Shopping Centre, Queen Elizabeth Hospital,
Govan, Glasgow Central
Core 05:22 23:02 8-
10mins
8mins 7-15mins 10-
30mins
38 Johnstone to
Glasgow
Kilbarchan, Cochrane Castle, Spateston, Johnstone, Elderslie,
Paisley Centre, Whitehaugh, Ibrox, Glasgow Central
Core 05:05 22:28 8mins 8mins 8mins 20mins
23 Erskine to Glasgow Bargarran, Erskine Library, Park Mains, Inchinaan, Braehead
Shopping Centre, Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Govan, Glasgow
Central, Buchanan Bus Station
Core 04:58 22:31 15mins 30mins 20-30mins 30mins
X23 Erskine to Glasgow Bargarran, Erskine Library, Park Mains, Inchinnan, Braehead
Shopping Centre, Glasgow Central, Buchanan Bus Station
Express 05:55 19:55 20mins 30mins 30mins -
757 Paisley to Clydebank
Bus Station
Paisley Centre, Inchinnan, Park Mains, Erskine, Dalmuir,
Clydebank Bus Station
Principal 05:27 23:00 30mins 30mins 30mins 60mins
17 Foxbar to Queen
Elizabeth University
Hospital
Royal Alexandra Hospital, Paisley Town Centre & Cardonald Principal 05:59 20:00 30mins 30mins 30mins -
61 Paisley Town Centre
to Foxbar
Paisley town centre & Lounsdale Road Core 05:25 23:30 10mins 10mins 10-20mins 20mins
No direct bus from Bridge of Weir, Kilbarchan and Houston to RAH or Paisley
Page 163 of 260

Page 164

41 Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Table 7: Services that stop early in the evening
No. Description Connects Type of
Route
First
Service
Last
Service
Service Frequency
Peak Interpeak Saturday Sunday
70 Paisley – Lochfield
(SPT Subsidised)
Seedhill, Hunterhill, Dykebar, Lochfield 09:55 16:24 60mins 60mins 60mins -
1 Johnstone Station -
Kilmacolm
(SPT Subsidised)
Brookfield, Bridge of Weir, Quarriers Village 08:23 16:23 120mins 120mins 120mins -
1A Linwood, Houston, Bridge of Weir, Quarriers Village 07:19 15:19 120mins 120mins 120mins
2/2A Johnstone Station -
Johnstone Station
(SPT Subsidised)
Circular serving Brookfield, Bridge of Weir, Houston, Linwood 06:37 17:56 60mins 60mins 60mins -
521 Erskine- Bishopton
Station
(SPT Subsidised)
Mains Hill, Linburn 07:44 18:38 60mins 60mins 60mins -
6 Silverburn - Paisley Nitshill, Hurlet, Lonend 07:31 17:48 60mins 60mins 60mins -
10 Hawkhead Estate -
Royal Alexandra
Hospital
Ben Nevis Estate, Seedhill, Paisley Town Centre, RAH 08:45 17:45 60mins 60mins 60mins -
30 Johnstone -
Spateston
Johnstone, Corseford , Spateston 06:45 18:08 60mins 60mins 60mins -
There is only one night service- N38 Glasgow – Paisley on weekends from 00:30 to 03:30
Early Finishing and Night Services
Page 164 of 260

Page 165

42
Changes in Bus Routes
Changes in bus routes have been
investigated using GIS mapping of bus
network exported from PODARIS for
different years. We present a comparison
between 2015 and 2019 to understand
changes in the network in the pre-Covid
years. A year-by-year comparison shows
marginal change; hence it was deemed
appropriate to present results across
multiple years. Note that some areas are
served by multiple bus routes, hence it
may not be possible to identify the
removal or addition of a specific service
from this network comparison if the area
is served by other routes.
2019 vs 2015 Bus Networks
Network Loss (in blue)
The Figure 17 shows the comparison
between 2019 and 2015 bus network in
Renfrewshire. Blue lines show the bus
routes that existed in 2015 but not in
2019. Note that this does not indicate any
change in the bus frequency or re-routing
of bus routes.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Figure 17: Loss of bus routes in 2019 compared with 2015
Lochwinnoch
Howwood
Bridge of
Weir
Houston
Johnstone
Kilbarchan
Renfrew
Bishopton
Erskine
Paisley
Page 165 of 260

Page 166

43
Changes in Bus Routes
2015 vs 2019 Bus Networks
Network Gain (in orange)
The Figure 18 shows the comparison
between 2019 and 2015 bus network in
Renfrewshire. Orange lines show the bus
routes that did not exist in 2015 but do
exist in 2019. Note that this does not
indicate any change in the bus frequency
or re-routing of bus routes.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Lochwinnoch
Howwood
Bridge of
Weir
Houston
Johnstone
Kilbarchan
Renfrew
Bishopton
Erskine
Paisley
Figure 18: Gain in bus routes in 2019 compared with 2015
Page 166 of 260

Page 167

44
Changes in Bus Routes
We also present a comparison between
2015 and 2023 to understand changes
in the network over the 8-year period.
Note that some areas are served by
multiple bus routes, hence it may not be
possible to identify the removal or
addition of a specific service from this
network comparison if the area is served
by other routes.
2023 vs 2015 Bus Networks
Network Loss (in green)
The Figure 19 shows the comparison
between 2023 and 2015 bus network in
Renfrewshire. Green lines show the bus
routes that existed in 2015 but not in
2023. Note that this does not indicate
any change in the bus frequency or re-
routing of bus routes.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Figure 19: Loss of bus routes in 2023 compared with 2015
Lochwinnoch
Howwood
Bridge of
Weir
Houston
Johnstone
Kilbarchan
Renfrew
Bishopton
Erskine
Paisley
Page 167 of 260

Page 168

45
Changes in Bus Routes
2015 vs 2023 Bus Networks
Network Gain (in purple)
The Figure 20 shows the comparison
between 2015 and 2023 bus network in
Renfrewshire. Purple lines show the bus
routes that did not exist in 2015 but do
exist in 2023. Note that this does not
indicate any change in the bus frequency
or re-routing of bus routes.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Figure 20: Gain in bus routes in 2023 compared with 2015
Lochwinnoch
Howwood
Bridge of
Weir
Houston
Johnstone
Kilbarchan
Renfrew
Bishopton
Erskine
Paisley
Page 168 of 260

Page 169

46
Changes in Bus
Frequency
To understand changes in bus frequencies,
we undertook frequency analysis at stops
during different time periods. Average
buses per hour (bph) at stops were
compared between 2015 and 2019, and
then between 2019 and 2023. This is
deemed appropriate as it demonstrates
how bus frequencies have changed before
and after the COVID pandemic.
Figure 21 shows change in average buses
per hour (bph) at stops between 2019 and
2015 in the AM period, i.e. 7am to 9pm.
Majority of the routes lost up to 10 buses
in the AM period.
Key routes with frequency reductions are-
▪ Paisley - Renfrew
▪ Paisley- Johnstone-Kilbarchan
▪ Glasgow-Erskine
▪ Paisley – Potterhill
▪ Paisley- Bridge of Weir
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Lochwinnoch
Howwood
Bridge of
Weir
Houston
Johnstone
Kilbarchan
Renfrew
Bishopton
Erskine
Paisley
Figure 21: Change in average bph at stops between 2019 and 2015 in the AM period
Page 169 of 260

Page 170

47
Changes in Bus
Frequency
Figure 22 shows majority of the routes
lost up to 10 bph in the interpeak period.
Paisley- Johnstone corridor shows loss
of 10 to 30 bph during this period. Some
frequency gain are found within Foxbar
area.
Key routes with frequency reductions
are-
▪ Paisley – Renfrew- Erskine
▪ Paisley- Johnstone-Kilbarchan
▪ Paisley – Potterhill
▪ Paisley- Neilston (Cross-boundary)
Key routes with frequency increase are-
▪ Paisley – Foxbar
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Paisley
Lochwinnoch
Howwood
Bridge of
Weir
Houston
Johnstone
Kilbarchan
Renfrew
Bishopton
Erskine
Figure 22: Change in average bph at stops between 2019 and 2015 in the interpeak period
Page 170 of 260

Page 171

48
Changes in Bus
Frequency
Figure 23 shows that the majority of the
routes lost up to 10 bph in the PM
period. Some stops in Renfrew show loss
of 10 to 20bph during this period.
Key routes with frequency reductions
are-
▪ Paisley – Renfrew- Erskine
▪ Paisley- Glasgow
▪ Paisley- Johnstone-Kilbarchan
▪ Paisley – Potterhill
▪ Paisley- Houston
▪ Paisley- Neilston (Cross-boundary)
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Paisley
Lochwinnoch
Howwood
Bridge of
Weir
Houston
Johnstone
Kilbarchan
Renfrew
Bishopton
Erskine
Figure 23: Change in average bph at stops between 2019 and 2015 in the PM period
Page 171 of 260

Page 172

49
Changes in Bus
Frequency
Figure 24 shows that the majority of the
routes lost up to total 8 bph in the
evening period.
Key routes with frequency reductions
are-
▪ Paisley – Renfrew- Erskine
▪ Paisley- Glasgow
▪ Johnstone
▪ Paisley – Foxbar /Nethercraigs
▪ Paisley- Auchenback
Key routes with frequency increase are-
▪ Paisley – Neilston (cross boundary)
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Paisley
Lochwinnoch
Howwood
Bridge of
Weir
Houston
Johnstone
Kilbarchan
Renfrew
Bishopton
Erskine
Figure 24: Change in average bph at stops between 2019 and 2015 in the evening
Page 172 of 260

Page 173

50
Changes in Bus
Frequency
Figure 25 shows change in average bph
at stops between 2023 and 2019 during
the AM period, i.e. 7am to 9pm. 
Key routes with frequency reductions
are-
▪ Paisley- Auchenback
▪ Paisley- Dykebar
▪ Paisley- Gallowhill
▪ Paisley- Feruslie, Linwood
▪ Johnstone- Kilbarchan
▪ Paisley – Foxbar /Nethercraigs
Key routes with frequency increase are-
▪ Renfrew
▪ Bridge of Weir
▪ Houston
▪ Lochwinnoch
▪ Howwood
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Paisley
Lochwinnoch
Howwood
Bridge of
Weir
Houston
Johnstone
Kilbarchan
Renfrew
Bishopton
Erskine
Figure 25: Change in average bph at stops between 2023 and 2019 in the AM period
Page 173 of 260

Page 174

51
Changes in Bus
Frequency
Figure 26 shows change in average bph
at stops during the interpeak period.
Key routes with frequency reductions
are-
▪ Paisley- Glasgow
▪ Paisley- Dykebar- Barrhead
▪ Paisley- Gallowhill
▪ Paisley- Feruslie, Linwood
▪ Johnstone
▪ Paisley – Foxbar
Key routes with frequency increase are-
▪ Paisley- Johnstone
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Paisley
Lochwinnoch
Howwood
Bridge of
Weir
Houston
Johnstone
Kilbarchan
Renfrew
Bishopton
Erskine
Figure 26: Change in average bph at stops between 2023 and 2019 in the interpeak period
Page 174 of 260

Page 175

52
Changes in Bus
Frequency
Figure 27 shows change in average bph
at stops between during the PM period. 
Key routes with frequency reductions
are-
▪ Paisley- Glasgow
▪ Paisley- Dykebar
▪ Paisley- Feruslie, Linwood
▪ Paisley- Johnstone
▪ Paisley- Foxbar
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Paisley
Lochwinnoch
Howwood
Bridge of
Weir
Houston
Johnstone
Kilbarchan
Renfrew
Bishopton
Erskine
Figure 27: Change in average bph at stops between 2023 and 2019 in the PM period
Page 175 of 260

Page 176

53
Changes in Bus
Frequency
Figure 28 shows change in average bph
at stops between frequencies at stops
during the evening period.
Key routes with frequency reductions
are-
▪ Paisley- Glasgow
▪ Paisley- Johnstone
▪ Paisley- Dykebar
▪ Kilbarchan
Key routes with frequency increase are-
▪ Paisley- Glasgow
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Paisley
Lochwinnoch
Howwood
Bridge of
Weir
Houston
Johnstone
Kilbarchan
Renfrew
Bishopton
Erskine
Figure 28: Change in average bph at stops between 2023 and 2019 in the evening
Page 176 of 260

Page 177

54
Bus Service Withdrawal
Scottish Government’s Network Support Grant (NSG) fund was available to both commercial and community bus operators to
support Scotland’s bus network, keep fares more affordable and recover from the Covid 19 impacts. The NSG ceased on 31
March 2023. Consequently, six bus services were withdrawn from Renfrewshire in May- July 2023 (Table 8). Withdrawal of
these services caused inconveniences for a lot of passengers, some of which were reported through the public consultation.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Table 8: Service withdrawal in May-July 2023
Operator Service no Route
First Glasgow (No.1) Limited N9 Sauchiehall St - Paisley, Gauze St
McGill's Bus Service 22 Paisley - Erskine
McGill’s Bus Service 31 Johnstone Castle + Cochrane Castle circular - Johnstone
McGill’s Bus Service 54 Neilston circular - Paisley
McGill’s Bus Service 64 Phoenix Park or Glasgow - Gallowhill or Newton
McGill’s Bus Service 22S Paisley - Erskine
Page 177 of 260

Page 178

55
Services to Employment
We used Business Register and Employment Survey (BRES) data 2022 for access to employment analysis.
Table 9 shows number of jobs within each locality and the available bus services and frequencies. Major
employment centres with more than 2000 jobs in Renfrewshire are –
▪ Paisley
▪ Renfrew
▪ Paisley Airport area
▪ Johnstone
▪ Elderslie
Paisley, Renfrew and Johnstone are well served with services every 8-10mins in the peak hour. Paisley
airport area has only one service (No757), therefore any delay or cancellations would have serious impact on
the commuters.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 178 of 260

Page 179

56
Services to Employment
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Name Urban Rural
Classification
No. of
Jobs
Existing Bus Provision
Erskine Other Urban Area 1,300 757: 15 mins peak and 30mins interpeak, 521/521A- Hourly services, 23/X23: 15- 20mins peak frequency
Renfrew Large Urban Area 10,738 26: 8-10 mins peak frequency, 23/X23: 15- 20mins peak frequency, 21: half hourly services, 77:20-30mins
Bishopton Accessible Small Town 865 521/521A: hourly services, Train every 15 mins
Inchinnan Accessible Small Town 320 757: 15mins peak hour and 30mins inter peak time.
Paisely Large Urban Area 32,930 26: 8-10 mins peak frequency, 38/38A: 8-10 mins peak frequency, 757: 15 mins peak and 30mins
interpeak, 21: half hourly services,  6:hourly services, 51/51A: every 15 mins (peak), 66: half hourly
services, 904: hourly services, 20/20A: 30 mins morning peak and hourly services, 61: 10mins frequency
Paisley-Airport
Area
Large Urban Area 7,050 757: 15 mins peak and 30mins interpeak
Elderslie Large Urban Area 2,210 20/20A: 30 mins morning peak and hourly services, 17A: 30 mins (peak and inter-peak),  38/38A: 8-10
mins peak frequency
Johnstone Large Urban Area 3,530 38/38A: 8-10 mins peak frequency, 7/7A: 9-11 mins frequency, 17A: 30 mins (peak and inter-peak),
20/20A: Hourly services, 1/1A:half hourly services, 51/51A: every 15 mins (peak), 17A: 30 mins (peak and
inter-peak), 32: half hourly peak and hourly interpeak frequency, 30: hourly services, 61: 10mins frequency
Kilbarchan Large Urban Area 220 1/1A: half hourly services, 32: half hourly peak and hourly interpeak frequency, 38/38A: 8-10 mins peak
frequency
Linwood Large Urban Area 1,540 7/7A: 9-11 mins frequency, 1A: Hourly services
Houston/Crosslee Accessible Small Town 615 1A: Hourly services, X7: 40-60 mins frequency
Bridge of Weir Accessible Small Town 635 1/1A: half hourly services, X7:40-60 mins frequency
Howwood Accessible Rural Area 120 904: hourly services
Lochwinnoch Accessible Rural Area 260 307/307A: hourly services between 18:00 and 22:00
Langbank Accessible Rural Area 115 No bus service. Trains every 30mins
Table 9 Existing bus provision to employments 
Page 179 of 260

Page 180

57
Journey Time Reliability
Bus Punctuality
Glasgow and Strathclyde Strategic Bus Network Plan (GSSBNP)
study identified the routes where services get delayed within SPT
area. The study used data from July to September 2022 for a
sample of services. Two of the identified routes connect Paisley
with Glasgow-
▪ Glasgow to Paisley via M8
▪ Glasgow to Paisley via A761 (Glasgow Rd)
Table 10 shows the percentage of services that are late by more
than 2 minutes at different time periods. Overall, more than half of
the services are late on these routes in a day with almost all
services late by more than 2 mins in the PM period.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Time period Glasgow to Paisley
via M8
Glasgow to Paisley via
A761 (Glasgow Rd)
Early AM
(0400-0800) 25-50% 25-50%
AM
(0800-0900) 50-75% 25-50%
Interpeak
(0900-1700) 50-75% 50-75%
PM
(1700-1800) 75-100% 75-100%
Evening
(1800-2200) 50-75% 50-75%
All day 50-75% 50-75%
Table 10: Percentage of services that are late by more than 2 minutes at different time periods
Page 180 of 260

Page 181

58
Accessibility to LDP Sites
Key LDP sites are concentrated across the following areas- Bishopton; Erskine; Renfrew Ferry .
Industrial Supply Sites below deemed to not have access to a bus service within a 400m walk-
▪ Glasgow Airport – AMIDS
▪ Ferguslie Park
▪ Linwood
Table 11 shows LDP sites with proposed number of dwellings  and existing bus provision. Note that new services might be
planned as part of the planning applications.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 181 of 260

Page 182

59
Access to LDP Sites
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Table 11: LDP sites with existing bus provision
Site
References
Dwellings
Pre-2026
Dwellings
Post 2026
Total
Dwellings
Bus Provision
RFRF1037
RFRF0911Z
RFRF0911Y
576 1,343 1,919 Bishopton - new larger housing estate and no existing bus routes in vicinity (adjacent to RFRF0911Z).
Design looks to be parking space for dwellings. Site approx. 1600m walk to Bishopton Rail Station.
RFRF0769B
RFRF0994 
225 559 784 Renfrew - at corner of Ferry Road and Kings Inch Road. Served by McGill’s 26 and FGLA 77, with
approx. 11-14 buses per hour (bph) in Peak. Located at Renfrew/Yoker Ferry which is understood to
be replaced by a bridge (however limited as is a draw bridge). Located to the east of site RFRF0994
which is further away from bus corridor.
RFRF0971A 420 200 620 Dykebar - site located on McGill’s 66 and 166 routes and encompasses Dykebar Hospital. Frequency
approx. 4-6bph in peaks.
RFRF0971 140 110 250 Thornly Park - on B774 Caplethill Road. Served by McGill’s 51 and 54 with 11-12 bph during peak
times and mapping indicating within a walking distance of existing stop
RFRF1003 165 81 246 Erskine - located on A726 and serviced by McGill’s 23D. Reasonable frequency however no bus stop
infrastructure located on road at site which would be required.
RFRF0989A 195 15 210 Hawkhead - served by McGill’s 10 and Key Coaches, with frequency of 1bph. Appears to be housing,
many of which have driveways. Within walk distance of Hawkhead Rail Station.
RFRF1040 - 150 150 Ferguslie Park - main section of site located within 400m of existing service (McGill’s 24 and 264),
however not all parts of site are. East end of site walkable to Paisley St James rail station.
RFRF1024 50 50 100 Spateston - located on B787 Beith Road, service level of 7-9bph in AM peak.
Page 182 of 260

Page 183

60
Access to Active Bus Stops
We used Scottish Government’s 6-fold Urban-Rural classification to determine the population within walking distances of bus stops. The
following walking distances have been used -
▪ Urban areas: 400m and 600m
▪ Small towns: 600m and 800m
▪ Rural areas: 800m
Table 12 shows % of population within distance of a bus stop with at least an hourly bus service at different time periods. The analysis show that
a high proportion of population within urban areas are within 600m of bus stops. Small towns have relatively lower coverage (maximum 76% of
population within 800m) and rural areas are poorly served with only around 40% population being within 800m of active bus stops. This
indicates the limitations in terms of access to bus network in Howwood, Lochwinnoch and Langbank.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
URBAN - RURAL
CLASSIFICATION TOWNS/SETTLEMENTS
MORNING PEAK (0700-0900) INTER PEAK (1000-1500) EVENING PEAK (1700-1900)
Within
400m
Within
600m
Within
800m
Within
400m
Within
600m
Within
800m
Within
400m
Within
600m
Within
800m
Large Urban Area Renfrew, Paisley, Elderslie,
Johnstone, Kilbarchan, Linwood 78% 88% - 77% 88% - 75% 87%
Other Urban Area Erskine 71% 80% - 74% 82% - 71% 80%
Accessible Small
Town
Bishopton, Inchinnan, Houston/
Crosslee, Bridge of Weir - 68% 76% - 69% 76% 63% 72%
Remote Small Town N/A - N/A N/A - N/A N/A N/A N/A
Accessible Rural Area Howwood, Lochwinnoch, Langbank - - 41% - - 32% 42%
Remote Rural Area N/A - - N/A - - N/A N/A
Table 12: Percentage of population within walking distances of bus stops in Renfrewshire
Page 183 of 260

Page 184

61
Accessibility Gaps
Accessibility isochrones have been mapped to determine
access to services by public transport, using the following
criteria -
▪ Access to bus stops with at least an hourly service
▪ Number of transfers limited to 2
▪ Access to a bus /rail within 800m walking distance
Table 13 shows town/settlements where access to health
and education by bus journeys require more than 50 mins.
It is to be noted that the analysis has been undertaken
using Podaris tool which takes account of average waiting
time during each time period.
The analysis show that journeys to hospitals, universities
and colleges from Bridge of Weir, Howwood, and
Lochwinnoch take more than 50mins in all time periods,
making it difficult and inconvenient to access these
services for people who do not/cannot drive.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Table 13: Accessibility to health and education 
Access to AM Journey
time >50mins
IP Journey
time >50mins
PM Journey
time >50mins
OP Journey
time >50mins
Hospitals Bridge of Weir,
Howwood,
Houston,
Craigends,
Lochwinnoch,
Bishopton
Bridge of Weir
Houston,
Lochwinnoch
Bridge of Weir
Houston,
Craigends,
Lochwinnoch
Bridge of Weir
Houston,
Craigends,
Bishopton
Lochwinnoch
GP Part of Langbank - - -
College Part of Langbank,
Bridge of Weir,
Howwood,
Lochwinnoch
Bridge of
Weir,
Howwood,
Lochwinnoch
Bridge of Weir,
Howwood,
Lochwinnoch
Bridge of Weir,
Howwood,
Lochwinnoch
University Part of Langbank,
Part of Erskine,
Bridge of Weir,
Howwood,
Lochwinnoch
Erskine, Bridge
of Weir,
Lochwinnoch
Erskine, Bridge
of Weir,
Howwood,
Lochwinnoch
Erskine, Bridge
of Weir,
Howwood,
Lochwinnoch
Page 184 of 260

Page 185

62
Accessibility to Settlements
Definition of accessible towns and rural areas according to Scotland’s Urban/Rural 6-fold Classification2:
▪ Accessible Small Towns: Settlements of 3,000 to 9,999 people, and within a 30-minute drive time of a Settlement of 10,000 or more.
▪ Accessible Rural Areas: Areas with a population of less than 3,000 people, and within a 30-minute drive time of a Settlement of 10,000 or
more.
Table 14 below shows accessibility analysis results to determine whether the settlements are accessible by PT as per the definition above. The
results show that majority of these settlements are out with 30mins of public transport journeys from a settlement of 10,000 or more.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Table 14: Accessibility by bus in 30 mins
Settlements Urban-Rural
Classification (6-fold)
AM IP PM OP Remarks
Bishopton Accessible Small Towns Yes Yes* Yes* Yes* *Access to small areas of Paisley is possible
Houston/Crosslee Accessible Small Towns No No No No Not within 30mins of Johnstone or Paisley
Bridge of Weir Accessible Small Towns Yes Yes Yes Yes Within 30mins of Johnstone
Howwood Accessible Rural Areas No Yes Yes Yes
Average wait time is much lower in the interpeak for
train service to access Johnstone (morning peak wait
time: 30 mins, Inter peak: 15 mins)
Lochwinnoch Accessible Rural Areas No No No No Not within 30mins of Johnstone
Langbank Accessible Rural Areas No No No No Not within 30mins of Erskine or Paisley
2 https://www.gov.scot/publications/scottish-government-urban-rural-classification-2020/pages/2/
Page 185 of 260

Page 186

63
Bus Priority Measures
Existing Bus Priority Measures
There are currently limited bus priority measures in Renfrewshire, as described below.
▪ No bus priority lanes with only one bus gate at Inchinnan Road.
▪ SCOOT systems are currently being planned and will be implemented in early 2024
Glasgow City Region Bus Partnership Fund study proposed a number of bus priority measures. Tables 15 and 16 below
present the proposed priority measures that are within Renfrewshire Council area.
Survey findings revealed that some stops (e.g. Braehead Shopping Centre) suffer from bus bunching during peak hours. This
could be a result of lack of bus priority measures which generates delays for buses and results in bus bunching.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 186 of 260

Page 187

64
Proposed BPF Bus Priority Measures
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Table 15: Glasgow City Region BPF - proposed bus priority measures (1/2)
GSSBNP
Corridor
Intervention Name Intervention Description
Bus Priority
Interchange
Bus Service
Other
09 - Paisley
Road West
Paisley Town Centre
Junction Improvements
Key junctions to be recast to improve public transport priority, reduce large junction footprints, improve safety for
walking and cycling.
• Junction 1—Gordon St / Causeyside St / Canal St
• Junction 2—Lonend / Bridge St / Mill St / Gordon St
• Junction 3—Mill St / Glasgow Rd / Gauze St / Incle St
• Junction 4—Inner Ring Road incorporating Wallneuk Gyratory
x
09 - Paisley
Road West
Renfrewshire East – West
Corridor including
Johnstone High Street
• Glasgow Road to Paisley Abbey - Bus lane
• Paisley High Street / Broomlands Road to junction with Gallowgreen Road - Parking and loading enforcement measures
• Broomlands Street from Gallowgreen Road to A761 - Bus Priority
• A761 to Johnstone - Designated Clearway with removal of parking and loading, including enforcement
• Johnstone High Street from William Street to George Street - Infrastructure improvements including removal of
parking, potential for bus gate
x
09a -
Shieldhall/
Govan Road
Fastlink Extension
through QEUH to
Braehead/Renfrew
Western Approach to Renfrew x
09a -
Shieldhall/
Govan Road
Fastlink Extension
through QEUH to
Braehead Renfrew to
Glasgow Airport/AMIDS
Renfrew to Airport/AMIDS x
M8/Glasgow
Airport
Glasgow Airport Upgrade facilities to accommodate future 2025/2030 network levels of service x
Renfrewshire AMIDS Travel Hub A public transport hub to serve AMIDS, Scotland’s Advanced Manufacturing Innovation District in Renfrewshire. x
Page 187 of 260

Page 188

65
Proposed BPF Bus Priority Measures
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Table 16: Glasgow City Region BPF - proposed bus priority measures (2/2)
GSSBNP
Corridor
Intervention Name Intervention Description
Bus Priority
Interchange
Bus Service
Other
Renfrewshire Renfrewshire North – South
Corridor
• Neilston Road - Review of parking and loading and enforcement. Potential for northbound bus lane.
• Causeyside Street / St Mirren Brae - Bus priority lane
• Smithhills Street - Investigation of bus only infrastructure. Potential to open Central Road bus stops for LEVs
including streetscape work on Central Road.
• Renfrew Road to Arkleston Road - Northbound bus lane
• Renfrew Road to Renfrew - Potential to extend northbound bus lane or increase parking and loading enforcement.
x x
Renfrewshire Renfrewshire Orbital Feasibility study x x
Renfrewshire Upgrade to UTC system at key
junctions in Renfrewshire
TLP scheme to reduce the delay experienced by buses at traffic signals primarily through SCOOT – based bus
priority, making use of the recently introduced replacement SCOOT system.
x
Renfrewshire Camera Enforcement in
Renfrewshire
Investigation of a camera-based enforcement regime on the key routes identified above. A suitable ANPR system
would allow urban clearways to be created and importantly enforced. Assumed up to 20 locations.
x
Renfrewshire Braehead Bus Station Upgrade facilities to accommodate future 2025/2030 network levels of service x
Renfrewshire Improve interchanges -
Paisley, Johnstone
Improve public transport offering (both services, connections and interchange facilities) in these locations where
users are reliant on taking multiple public transport services to access key destinations
x
Renfrewshire Improve interchanges -
Bishopton
Improve public transport offering (both services, connections and interchange facilities) in these locations where
users are reliant on taking multiple public transport services to access key destinations
x
Renfrewshire LDP Service Change -
Renfrewshire Sites - Changes
to existing services (frequency,
extension of existing
service(s))
Changes to existing services (frequency, extension of existing service(s)) at sites - including: Bishopton, Renfrew
Ferry, Dykebar, North Barr etc
x
Page 188 of 260

Page 189

66
Network Review Summary
Suggested Route Improvements
The network review in conjunction with the public consultation reveal that there are a few areas and routes where bus
provision is sub-standard. These areas include-
▪ Langbank to Paisley
▪ Dargavel/Bishopton
▪ Erskine to Paisley
▪ Connections to RAH
▪ Connections to Southwest- Houston, Bridge of Weir, and Kilbarchan
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 189 of 260

Page 190

67
Recommendations
We recommend the following bus routes and associated service specification for consideration. Table 17 shows proposed new routes and Table
18 shows improved frequencies for some existing services. 
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Table17: Proposed new bus routes
Area Route Route Category Recommended Service
Langbank/ Dargavel/
Bishopton
Paisley- Renfrew- Erskine-
Bishopton-Langbank
Principal or rural
connector services
Half hourly services in the peaks and hourly services in interpeak and off-
peak
Bridge of Weir Bridge of Weir- Kilbarchan-
Johnstone-Elderslie- Paisley
Principal or rural
connector services
Half hourly services in the peaks and hourly services in interpeak and off-
peak
Bridge of Weir Bridge of Weir- Houston-
Linwood- Paisley
Principal or rural
connector services
Hourly services
Houston, Bridge of
Weir and Kilbarchan
Connections to RAH and QEUH On-demand DRT or Community Transport for Hospital Runs
Area Route Route Category Recommended Service
Hawkhead 10-Hawkhead Estate to Royal
Alexandra Hospital
Core services Half hourly services in the peaks and hourly services in interpeak and off-
peak
Dykebar/Potterhill 70- Potterhill- Dykebar-
Hunterhill- Paisley
Core services Half hourly services in the peaks and hourly services in interpeak and off-
peak
Johnstone 20/20A- Johnstone to Paisley Core services Half hourly services
Table 18: Proposed improved frequency for the existing routes
Page 190 of 260

Page 191

68
Recommendations
Hours of Operation
▪ All services should have core hours of operation between 07:00 and 19:00. Late evenings (19:00 to 22:00) can be covered by reduced frequencies.
▪ Night buses should be operated on 7 days a week rather than just weekends
▪ Night buses to late night shift workplaces, such as hospitals, Paisley airport should be considered.
▪ Guaranteed last bus for both regular and night services.
▪ Some routes do not operate on Sundays (shown in Tables 6 and 7).  These routes should be served with the same services on Sundays with reduced
frequencies.
Passenger Information
▪ An integrated real-time passenger information platform including different operators and other modes (i.e. Train) should be introduced.
▪ Based on survey findings, improvements need to be made to real-time information accuracy.
▪ Up-to-date printed maps and timetables should be available at bus stops for people who do not have access to internet.
▪ Information about delays, re-routeing, cancellations should be updated in the information platform to avoid inconvenience. Should such a situation
arise, alternative options should be advised.
Fares and Ticketing
▪ Survey findings reveal that buses are expensive for the users. Affordable fare structures should be implemented: lower fares for all may be
achievable (similar to the capped £2 single fares in England), and/or with a larger budget through an expansion of concessionary travel free of charge
or at nominal cost for targeted groups such as those on lowest incomes.
▪ The existing Glasgow Tripper which allows multi-operator bus journeys includes First, McGill's and West Coast Motors. Other small operators should
also be included under this ticketing scheme.
. Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 191 of 260

Page 192

LA CONFIANCE TRANSPORTE LE MONDE
Alternatives for Change
Section 5
Page 192 of 260

Page 193

70
Current Operational Model
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Figure 29: Roles and responsibilities in the current operating model
Bus services were deregulated across the UK in 1986 by the Transport Act of 1985. Existing bus companies (predominantly municipally or
nationally controlled) became open to competition, provided they could satisfy some basic operational and safety requirements and obtain
an operating licence. Figure 29 shows the roles and responsibilities in the current operational model. 
Ownership
Vehicles - bus
operators
Depots - bus
operators
Bus
network
planning
Commercial
networks -
bus operators
Supported
services - SPT
Bus fares
and
ticketing
Bus operators
for all their
products
SPT for multi-
modal
products
Mode
Integration
At the
discretion of
bus operators
Bus service
information
Bus stop
displays - SPT
Online and
real-time - bus
operators and
SPT
Funding
Farebox - bus
operators
Supported
services - SPT
BSOG & NCTS
- Transport
Scotland
Page 193 of 260

Page 194

71
Limitations of the Current Operational Model
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
The current operational model poses certain challenges and limitations that hinder the desired improvements-
▪ The council does not have the powers to govern bus operations across their areas and cannot prevent the curtailment or
removal of services. Example- withdrawal of Service 22.
▪ Lack of profits in some routes has resulted in lack of competition between operators, thus reducing service quality. McGill’s
currently holds a monopoly in Renfrewshire.
▪ Integrated transport has become more difficult as each operator has their own agenda and timetable to maintain.
▪ Survey findings reveal that there is lack of control and public accountability for bus services in Renfrewshire
Fundamentally under the current bus network delivery model, only bus and coach operators have the powers to plan and design
their respective bus networks whereas Renfrewshire is only able to plan socially necessary bus services with support from SPT.
Page 194 of 260

Page 195

72
Bus Partnership and Reform Options
▪ Voluntary Partnerships (VP): A Voluntary Partnership Agreement (VPA) provides a formal written framework within which bus
operators, local transport authorities, local highway authorities and other relevant actors will work together to achieve stated
objectives and deliver agreed measures and facilities. Renfrewshire Council is a member of the Glasgow City Region Bus
Partnership, which brings together SPT, eight local transport authorities, and bus operators.
▪ Bus Service Improvement Partnership (BSIP): A Bus Service Improvement Partnership is a new form of statutory quality
partnership enabled by the Transport (Scotland) Act 2019. A BSIP enables partners to come together and agree binding
commitments that will be delivered during the term of the partnership. If measures and facilities agreed in the BSIP are not
delivered then the relevant partner can be at risk of sanctions – as an example, an operator who fails to meet the agreed
standards of operation for a service (a vehicle quality standard or the acceptance of multi-operator tickets, for instance) could see
its services deregistered by the Traffic Commissioner.
▪ Bus Franchising Scheme: A Bus Franchising Scheme brings an end to on-road competition between commercial operators and
replaces it with competition for operating contracts, placing a higher degree of control over bus service specifications and bus
fares in the hands of the local transport authority. In its place, the local transport authority will competitively procure a series of
bus service contracts that will deliver the levels of service (days/times of operation, service frequency, fare products available,
vehicle specification, etc) it considers to be required to meet the needs of its communities, integrate with other transport
provision in the region and be afforded with the finances available to it
▪ Municipal Ownership: The Transport (Scotland) Act 2019 permits local transport authorities to establish a municipally owned
public bus operator(s) that can compete for contracts and operate registered bus services, reversing the provisions of the
Transport Act 1985 that prevented the creation of such an operator. The municipal operator would likely be an arms-length
company wholly owned by the local authority, providing suitable separation when competing for tendered bus service contracts
(as is the case in Edinburgh and Lothian Buses).
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 195 of 260

Page 196

73
Case Studies for Franchising and Municipal Ownership
Franchising
▪ Greater Manchester Combined Authority (GMCA) started appraising bus franchising in 2017 and are currently implementing it. Full
network implementation by 2025.
▪ Liverpool City Region Combined Authority: Phased franchising to be started in late 2026
▪ Other local authorities that are looking into bus franchising are-
▪ Cambridgeshire Peterborough Combined Authority: Consultation likely to start in early 2024
▪ South Yorkshire Mayoral Combined Authority: Assessment of franchising options ongoing
▪ Briton and Hove City Council undertook (BHCC) Bus Franchising Feasibility Study. However, the study recommended that adoption of
franchising in Brighton & Hove would be detrimental to bus users and risky for BHCC as the sponsoring authority which would incur
high potential costs to set up and monitor the franchise arrangements with no guarantee that all its objectives would be addressed.
Municipal Bus Ownership
▪ Current Municipally Owned Bus Companies are Lothian Buses, Nottingham City Transport, Ipswich Buses, Reading Buses, Blackpool,
Cardiff, Newport, Warrington.
▪ Many Municipal Bus Companies ceased to trade due to competition impacts or have since been sold, such as- Merthyr Tydfil, Taff Ely,
Maidstone, Barrow, Chesterfield, Islwyn, Cynon Valley, Southend, Colchester, Grimsby & Cleethorpes, Darlington, Burnley & Pendle,
Blackburn, Hyndburn, Fylde, Rossendale, Preston, Bournemouth, Derby, Eastbourne, Plymouth, Chester etc.
▪ These case studies suggest that entering new commercial local bus operations takes time, persistence, and has a major cost. Staff
requirements are also a major consideration, along with the need to answer/defend complaints to the CMA, Traffic Commissioner and
FOI requests.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 196 of 260

Page 197

74
Comparison of Operational Models
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Table 19: Comparison of Operational Models
Model Advantages Disadvantages
Existing
Competitive
model
▪ Competition between operators are likely to improve service provision
▪ Financial risks lie with operators
▪ Lack of competition for some routes results in monopoly
▪ Data sharing restricted
▪ Services may be withdrawn with limited notice and without regard to wider
consequences (e.g. social impacts)
▪ LA do not have any control over services and network
▪ Competition law rules out area wide common fares
Voluntary
Partnerships
▪ Offers improved benefits through bus operators' voluntary agreement
▪ Can be easily established
▪ Improved standards for all buses operating within a local authority area, and if it included cross
boundary services would potentially improve services
▪ Competition law rules out area wide common fare
▪ Data sharing restricted and Services may be withdrawn with limited notice and
without regard to wider consequences
▪ Difference in geographies and political situation may make it an impractical
proposition
BSIP ▪ Statutory nature improves certainty of delivery
▪ Can reflect wider objectives, i.e., congestion and employment
▪ There are some examples of achieving growth and improved service ratings
▪ Responsive to customer demand
▪ Seems to work best with just one main operator
▪ Competition law rules out area wide common fare
▪ Data sharing restricted
▪ Services may be withdrawn with limited notice and without regard to wider
consequences, but only in line with BSIP agreement
Bus
Franchising
Scheme
▪ Can give control over bus network and services including data and links to wider community
▪ Can deliver integrated branding making networks easier to follow by the passengers
▪ Does not seem to deter competition – London averages 3 tenders per route
▪ Easier to achieve social and community objectives
▪ Requires significant resources and takes time for local authorities to build up
exercise.
▪ Transfers most financial risk to local authority
▪ May be slow to implement and high cost - given as reason why West Midlands
not going for franchising
▪ May not be responsive to customer demand
Municipal
Ownership
▪ Can give control over that part of the bus network and services provided by the municipal bus
company, including access to data and links to wider community
▪ Give a clear sense of local identity
▪ May reduce operating costs and/or allow delivery of services at lower profit margins
▪ Any profits can be ploughed back into service in the absence of private shareholders (the Social
Dividend)
▪ Better growth and quality record than other operators (e.g. Lothian Buses, Reading Buses)
▪ Easier to achieve social and community objectives
▪ Requires significant resources and takes time for local authorities to build up
expertise
▪ Financial risk for local authorities
▪ Start-up costs may be significant with no certainty of return on investment
▪ Municipal bus company still open to market pressures from competing private
sector bus operators which could potentially erode its revenue base and
destabilise its financial position
▪ Danger of municipality diverting bus profits for other purposes
Page 197 of 260

Page 198

75
Appraisal of Bus Partnership and Reform Options
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
A qualitative appraisal of bus partnership and reform options has been undertaken. It is acknowledged that each bus option is likely to
produce partial or full benefits in terms of the proposed improvements. Hence, the appraisal used a four-point scale as shown in Table
20.
Table 21 presents qualitative Appraisal of Bus Reform Options.
It should be noted that some of the scorings for the municipal ownership option would require a significant network share in order to be
realised, e.g. to improve reliability and fewer cancellations. This may not be achievable if other bus operations in the area cannot
successfully be competed with or acquired.
✓ Partially achievable
✓✓ Moderately achievable
✓✓✓ Fully achievable
× Little or no scope for achievement
Table 20: Appraisal criteria
Page 198 of 260

Page 199

76
Appraisal of Bus Partnership and Reform Options
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Table 21: Qualitative Appraisal of Bus Reform Options
Proposed Improvements Status Quo Improved Voluntary
Partnership
BSIP Bus Franchising Municipal Ownership
Passenger Needs
Improve reliability and fewer cancellations × ✓ ✓✓ ✓✓ ✓✓
Improve access to network ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓✓✓ ✓✓
Accurate and integrated passenger information ✓ ✓ ✓✓ ✓✓ ✓
Extended hours of operation × ✓ ✓✓ ✓✓✓ ✓✓
Improve driver behaviour ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Minimise service withdrawals without adequate
alternative provisions × ✓ ✓✓ ✓✓✓ ✓✓
Reduce bus bunching × × ✓ ✓✓ ✓
Multi-operator and multi-mode ticketing ✓ ✓ ✓✓ ✓✓✓ ✓✓
Implementation and Operation
Data management for network analysis and planning × ✓ ✓✓ ✓✓✓ ✓✓
Indicative cost
- -
Implementation- around
£1.5 million,
Management-£200,000
to £250,000
GMCA spent around £15m, in building the case for
franchising and around £135m in total to complete the
transition to a franchised network in 2025.
Renfrewshire would require about £1.5m to build the
case and around £15m-20m to complete the transition
At least £30m to finance acquisition of
operators’ businesses in Renfrewshire
Required resources
(local authority staff expertise and workforce)
No additional
burden
Low additional burden Low to moderate
additional burden
Very high additional burden, not achievable within
existing council staff resources.
However, skill requirements are known and could be
delivered with additional resources.
Very high additional burden, not achievable
within existing council staff resources.
However, skill requirements are known and
could be delivered with additional resources.
Legal Risk and Liabilities
(to leading local authority)
As Current Low Moderate Very high Modest in the short term but high in the
longer term
Timescale None 5-10 weeks 9-12 months from initial
informal discussions
minimum of
6-7 years
1-3 years for small scale operations and a
minimum of 6-7 years for larger scale
operations
Page 199 of 260

Page 200

77
Qualitative Appraisal Summary
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
▪ It can be seen that, in relation to the criteria assessed in this qualitative appraisal:
▪ The status quo has limited potential to deliver the types of proposed improvements required on the bus network. In some instances, such as extended
hours of operation, improving reliability and having fewer cancellations, and reducing bus bunching, there is little to no scope for achieving these
based on the recent trends observed in the analysis. Indeed, the status quo may be a worsening of the currently situation.
▪ While Renfrewshire Council is part of an existing VPA, an improved agreement could increase the potential for delivering some of the improvements
required. This would need members to agree that these improvements are a priority and approve actions and resources to deliver them. However,
VPAs are not typically a suitable foundation to take forward major joint initiatives between the public and private sectors. Due to the optionality of
the agreement, meaningful actions can be slow to materialise and additional resource commitments from partners can be modest, resulting in only the
partial delivery of the full scope of potential improvements that could be achieved.
▪ BSIPs are defined by statute and, therefore, intended to offer a much more robust governance structure than VPAs, whereby commitments made by
partners are carefully matched, and – in certain circumstances – can even be imposed on operators who are not willing partners. The anticipation is
that by making this governance process more robust it will give greater certainty and encourage all partners to make more ambitious commitments. As
such, BSIPs may have a positive role to play in delivering the types of proposed improvements required on the bus network to a greater extent than
the status quo or an improved VPA. However, achieving outcomes would be heavily dependent on availability of additional funding and positive and
ambitious engagement between principal partners, and ultimately there is no absolute certainty of sustained delivery.
▪ Franchising can take multiple forms, in terms of risk sharing, geographical scope and flexibility of operational delivery. If the franchising authority can
afford to fund its initiatives, then it can take complete control to direct the outcomes it desires. Therefore, there is a very strong potential for delivering
the types of improvements required on the bus network. However, a franchising arrangement has: very significant costs to establish and maintain;
requires a long setup time, of at least 5 years; would need additional council staff members and skills to administer; and there are major risk burdens
for the leading local authority. Crucially, also, improvements can likely only be delivered through additional funding from the status quo not through
the delivery model alone.
▪ Municipal bus ownership has moderate potential to deliver the types of proposed improvements required on the bus network, for example by operating
services to extend operating hours, manage service withdrawals etc. However, it also comes at a significant cost, major staff requirements, long
timescales for establishment, and numerous risks. Furthermore, achieving many of the improvements would require the municipal operations to either
successfully compete with or acquire existing bus services in the area, which would be a significant challenge and would come at major cost.
Page 200 of 260

Page 201

78
Costs and Revenues of Delivery Models
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
Table 22: Cost and Revenue for Status quo, BSIP and Franchising (in millions and rounded)
Base Stability BSIP Franchising
Base
Revenue £11.2m £11.2m £11.2m £11.2m
Cost £23.1m £23.1m £23.1m £23.1m
Level of Service Initiative
Revenue - - £0.9m £2.2m
Cost - - £3.0m £8.1m
Affordable Fares Initiative
Revenue - - -£0.5m -£2.0m
Cost - - - -
Quality Initiative
Revenue - - £0.3m £0.4m
Cost - - £0.2m £0.2m
Non Farebox Income £12.3m £12.3m £13.9m £14.8m
SPT Supported Services £0.6m £0.6m £0.6m £0.6m
Future Additional SPT Subsidy Request - £0.3m £0.5m £4.8m
Total Operators Revenue £24.1m £24.4m £26.9m £32.0m
Total Cost to Operators £23.1m £23.1m £26.3m £31.4m
▪ Table 22 below shows costs and revenues for different delivery models, including- Base (status quo), and Stability (maintain the
current network based on the challenges facing the bus industry).
Page 201 of 260

Page 202

79
Cost of Municipal Ownership
▪ An approximate cost estimation to start a municipal bus company with a fleet of 75 vehicles are presented below:
▪ Fleet size: 75
▪ Peak vehicle for Service: 65
▪ Engineering Spares: 10
▪ Capital cost of £3.75m and total annual cost of £10.8m. The annual cost includes:
▪ 50% of costs attributed to Drivers
▪ 14% of costs attributed to fuel
▪ 15% of costs attributed to engineering
▪ Vehicle depreciation assumed at market value and not net book value with interest at 4% to obtain capital
▪ This cost is for Peak Vehicle Requirement (PVR) of 65 vehicles. For reference, the PVR for the current network in Renfrewshire is
approximately 250-300.
▪ Any significant increase in costs on drivers, fuel or engineering has major impact on profits. This leads to the inevitable decision of
rationalising the network and/or increasing bus fares.
▪ Setting up an arms-length company has risks as the LA will have to compete with big companies and may not be successful in
this. The alternative option is to buy the existing operators’ business which will be even more expensive. For Renfrewshire, it is
estimated to be around £30m.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 202 of 260

Page 203

80
Observations on Costs
▪ Under existing arrangements or a BSIP, operators will only enhance services if the cost of doing so is met by additional
income generated.  As Table 22 shows, even for an ambitious BSIP this is unlikely, resulting in a requirement to subsidise
the operators. 
▪ Under franchising, a significant increase in service levels and a suite of fares initiatives targeted at the most disadvantaged
groups in Renfrewshire, would require even more subsidy and major start-up costs.
▪ Municipal operation of a bus company requires significant start-up investment, and in all models of local bus service
delivery there is extensive commercial risk, which would lie with the public sector (e.g. dealing with cost increases,
fluctuating demand, etc). We have not established how required subsidies or initial investments would be funded.
▪ However, as we also show in Table 22, doing nothing is not cost free either.  It is likely that the current levels of fares and
services do not represent a stable situation – without additional subsidy for local bus services in Renfrewshire it is likely that
operators will need to reduce operated kms further and/or increase fares above inflation. This is represented by the
‘Stability’ scenario, which shows costs incurred just to maintain the network.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 203 of 260

Page 204

81
SPT Bus Reform Options Appraisal
▪ SPT is currently developing their Regional Bus Strategy which includes looking into bus reform options. Their committee report
published on 15th March 2024 provides the following recommendations for Future Delivery of the Regional Bus Network for
public consultation:
▪ SPT should commence work on franchising, in line with the requirements of the Transport (Scotland) Act 2019.
▪ SPT should progress with Bus Service Improvement Partnership (BSIP) arrangements to provide a firm basis for private and public sector
commitments to arrest further passenger decline and improve the bus network over the medium term. –If proven beneficial by the SPT study,
these options could be considered at the regional level.
▪ As and when it may be required, SPT will consider developing business case(s) for small-scale municipal bus company(ies) aimed at providing
socially necessary services in parts of the region where private operators are currently very limited.
▪ SPT should continue working with local authorities, Transport Scotland and bus operators to continue delivery through the Bus Partnership Fund
(Temporarily suspended for financial year 2024-25 and may return under a different fund).
▪ Business As Usual and Voluntary Partnerships should be ruled out as means to deliver a better bus network as more radical intervention is
required.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 204 of 260

Page 205

82
Recommendations for Renfrewshire Council
▪ The public consultation findings suggest that passengers want better frequency, reliability and more routes which supports the
case for change, along with the other analysis presented in this study.
▪ The appraisal of bus partnership and reform options shows the likely benefits of the alternatives for change. It is anticipated
that partnerships with bus operators – voluntary or BSIP, could improve the situation from the status quo and bus franchising
and municipal ownership models offer further opportunity to tackle the problems identified in this study and help provide a
world class bus system.
▪ While benefits are possible through the partnership and reform options, it must be clearly noted that improvements to local bus
services in Renfrewshire would come at a significant cost (potentially initial investment and ongoing subsidy). These costs, lack
of funding, and wider deliverability issues and risks are likely to be the main limiting factors for Renfrewshire in pursuing one of
these ways forward.
▪ The recommendations for Renfrewshire Council on alternative transport models are as follows:
▪ Based on this study and the SPT bus reform appraisal outcomes, it is clear that Business As Usual or Voluntary Partnerships do not have the potential
to deliver a better bus network. Therefore, Renfrewshire Council should investigate the possibility of implementing a BSIP in the short term, as either a
regional scheme with SPT or at a local level, and liaise with SPT regarding franchising for consideration at a regional level.
▪ As highlighted in Slides 79-80, municipal operation of a bus company requires significant start-up investment, and there is extensive commercial risk.
Therefore, it may not be suitable for Renfrewshire Council given the cost, commercial risks and competition with other operators. However, as
mentioned in Slide 81, SPT will consider developing business case(s) for a small-scale municipal bus company(ies) aimed at providing socially necessary
services. Renfrewshire Council should also liaise with SPT to explore this option at a regional level to serve the unmet demand within their network.
▪ The bus reform options are being considered by many local, regional or combined authorities following the Bus Services Act 2017 and Transport
(Scotland) Act 2019. The council should seek views, knowledge and lessons learnt from other local authorities when exploring the potential for
implementation of the new bus reform options.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 205 of 260

Page 206

LA CONFIANCE TRANSPORTE LE MONDE
Community Transport
Section 6
Page 206 of 260

Page 207

84
Purpose and Types of Community Transport
Community transport fills the gaps left by most public transport services. It is there to help people who:
▪ Can't use 'normal' buses because of health or mobility problems; or
▪ Don't have a bus service in their area; or
▪ Can't use public transport because it doesn't take them where (or when) they need to go
Types of Community Transport
▪ Dial-A-Ride (Demand Responsive) Services
▪ School Transport
▪ Hospital Transport
▪ Group Hire
▪ Voluntary Car Schemes
▪ Shopmobility – A national scheme which provides mobility equipment for hire in towns or city centres. Such as wheelchairs and
electric scooters. Advanced booking is advised.
▪ Wheels to Work / Wheels to Learn – Mopeds or bicycles are available for low-cost loan alongside travel advice. This is for
individuals, who must be at risk of losing, or have a promise of a place at either education or work.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 207 of 260

Page 208

85
Existing Provision
Renfrewshire Community Transport as a Scottish Charitable Incorporated Organisation have been set up recently. It aims to apply to the
Renfrewshire Sustainable Communities Fund to look at scoping the need and developing a business plan for Renfrewshire Community
Transport. The organisation is also looking to build a formal partnership with Community Transport Glasgow and set out service level
agreement.
▪ Currently only one operator registered with Community Transport Association  (figure from January 2024)
▪ Entry barrier is high, requires very large upfront investment for vehicles
▪ Mostly relies on volunteers to operate
▪ Majority of funding is from grants and donations
SPT MyBus
This is a dial-a-ride service can be booked for shopping, GP appointments, visiting friends, attending local clubs, and much more. Based on
survey anecdotes, many people may not be aware of this service. Additionally, the services are available only to those with temporary or
permanent mobility issues and the trip requests are not confirmed until the day before travel, which makes it inconvenient for some. As
per the SPT website, MyBus currently have reduced and restricted services in place, with a reduced fleet and vehicles operating across
larger areas. As such, spare capacity does not currently exist which could adequately serve unmet public transport demand.
MyBus services that run in Renfrewshire are shown in Table 23. The services run from  Monday - Saturday 0900 – 1800 and Sunday 0900
– 1700.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future Options
MyBus Route Areas where available Areas connect to
M45 Renfrew Renfrew, Glasgow Airport, Bishopton, Erskine, Inchinnan Phoenix Centre, RAH, Paisley Centre, Dykebar Hospital
M65 Johnstone Elderslie, Johnstone, Linwood Paisley Centre, RAH, Dykebar Hospital
M85 Paisley Foxbar, Glenburn, Thornly Park, Castlehead, Ferguislie Park,
Gallowhill, Oldhall, Hillington Industrial Estate
Phoenix Centre (Linwood), Braehead
Table 23: MyBus services in Renfrewshire
Page 208 of 260

Page 209

86
Demand for Community Transport
Areas/Routes to be served by Community Transport
Bus network analysis revealed a few areas where the demands are not met by bus services.  The following areas are not well
connected with Johnstone or Paisley and Journeys to RAH or QEUH take multiple transfers and a long time.
▪ Houston.
▪ Bridge of Weir.
▪ Kilbarchan.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 209 of 260

Page 210

87
Proposal for Community Transport
Proposed Community Transport Options
The following community transport options could be explored-
▪ Dial-a-Ride: Renfrewshire Council should discuss potential service provision in these areas for people who find it difficult to use public
buses due to age or long-term disabilities. SPT already have some services in Renfrewshire. However, lack of awareness about this
service was realised through the public drop-in sessions. Hence, public awareness should be raised to make it known to people.
▪ Hospital Services: A community transport service for hospital. This could be planned in liaison with NHS non-urgent patient services.
▪ Collector Bus: People of these villages/settlements have less frequent and less-direct services to major towns. Hence, services with small
buses could be deployed to collect people and get to a hub where a high frequency bus will take them to major towns. The services
should be coordinated to minimise travel times.
Funding for Community Transport
Capital Funding
▪ Renfrewshire Sustainable Communities Fund through Renfrewshire Community Transport
▪ Transport Scotland’s ‘Community Bus Fund’
For feasibility studies, assessments or developing a business case, Community Transport Association (CTA) can help developing the funding
plan.
Revenue Funding
▪ SPT Fund
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 210 of 260

Page 211

LA CONFIANCE TRANSPORTE LE MONDE
Actions to Take Forward
Section 7
Page 211 of 260

Page 212

89
List of Actions to Take Forward
The following actions have been listed for Renfrewshire Council to take forward:
Short Term
▪ Continue to take steps to solve the identified problems that are within the Council or SPT’s responsibility, such a providing new
bus stops, and improving bus stop facilities and passenger information.
▪ Should continue to engage with bus operators to improve driver behaviour, avoid short notice cancellations and service
withdrawal.
▪ Should start to engage with-
▪ Police and wider communities to ensure on-board safety; and
▪ The Renfrewshire Community Transport Association to explore the options proposed on Slide 87.
▪ Should explore Bus Service Improvement Partnership (BSIP) arrangements with bus operators, SPT and other neighbouring
local authorities to address the key problems identified through the consultation. This will provide a firm basis for private
and public sector commitments to arrest further passenger decline and improve the bus network over the medium term.
▪ Feed into the SPT consultation including public and key stakeholders on the recommended bus reform options.
Long Term
▪ Based on the outcomes of SPT’s ongoing consultation, consider how Renfrewshire’s local needs can be met through a
regional level implementation of a bus franchising scheme or other bus delivery options taken forward at a regional level.
Renfrewshire Bus Network Review and Future OptionsPage 212 of 260

Page 213

Find out more
www.systra.com/uk
Page 213 of 260

Page 214

Page 214 of 260

Page 215

___________________________________________________________________
To: Leadership Board
On: 1 May 2024
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Chief Executive and Director of Finance and Resources
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: City Deal update
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary 
1.1 This report is to update the Board on Renfrewshire Council’s Glasgow City
Region City Deal being undertaken by the Council’s City Deal and Infrastructure
Team. 
1.2 Renfrewshire Council is delivering an ambitious regeneration agenda, focused
on creating the infrastructure and business environment required to generate
economic growth and attract more, highly-skilled jobs to the area, while alos
promoting active travel and green opportunities to ensure that the area is a
fairer, more inclusive place where all our people, communities, visitors and
businesses thrive. As a partner in the Glasgow City Region City Deal, signed in
2014, Renfrewshire Council along with the Scottish Government, the UK
Government and the other Member Authorities is tasked with growing the
economy through the delivery of £1.13bn of infrastructure projects and
supporting economic development activity. 
________________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
2.1 The Leadership Board is asked to: 
i) Note progress of the CWRR City Deal project; 
ii) Note the submission of an Expression of Interest to the City Region
Programme Management Office as detailed in this report.
___________________________________________________________________ 
Item 10
Page 215 of 260

Page 216

3.  Project Updates 
3.1 Clyde Waterfront Renfrew Riverside Project 
The Clyde Waterfront and Renfrew Riverside (CWRR) project is reaching an
exciting point in its delivery with the arrival, in two sections, of the new opening
bridge from fabrication yards in Europe. The photograph below shows the
southern span complete and ready for transit to Renfrew, due to arrive later in
April with the north section following approximately one month later in late-May
– with the transit from Europe taking approximately four days. 
As each section of the bridge arrives, the project contractor Graham will lift each
span into position and there will follow an intensive period of completion and
commissioning with the bridge due to open to the public later this year. 
3.2 City Deal Reprogramming 
Following discussions with the UK and Scottish Governments, £64.57M of City
Deal Infrastructure Grant Funds will be allocated to a new “Regional Project”.
Member Authorities have been invited to submit suitable projects for
consideration by completing an Expression of Interest by 17 May. This funding
allows the Deal to support new opportunities or address new priorities which
have emerged since initial City Deal programme assembly exercise in 2013/14. 
Page 216 of 260

Page 217

Thereafter, the EOI’s will be evaluated and scored against set parameters in
accordance with the project prioritisation framework set out in the Assurance
Framework by the GCR Programme Management Office. As the project(s) will
require to demonstrate regional benefits, the successful project(s) will be 100%
funded through City Deal Infrastructure Grant. 
Each submitted project will be allocated an overall score based on the
summation of the scores within each of the key components. This scoring will
be used to rank/prioritise each of the proposed projects. 
A Programme Prioritisation Appraisal Report will be circulated to Chief
Executives on 31 May 2024 and presented to the 6 June 2024 Chief Executives’
Group (CEG). The report will outline the results of the assessment/scoring
exercise and the recommended New Regional Project. 
The number of projects which are selected will be dependent on the amount
requested in the EOIs received, for example, should no single large-scale
Proposed Project with a cost of £64.57m be identified through the process,
multiple projects may be considered. 
The Programme Prioritisation Appraisal Report will also be shared with the UK
Government and Scottish Government on 31 May 2024 for inclusion in
Government decision-making processes for the period to 17 July 2024. 
Following CEG review and input, the Programme Prioritisation Appraisal Report
will be considered at a Special Cabinet meeting which will take place w/c 10
June 2024. 
Following Cabinet review and input, the revised Programme Prioritisation
Appraisal Report will be shared with the UK Government and Scottish
Government for inclusion in Government decision-making processes to 17 July
2024. Both governments decisions on the overall proposals will be provided to
17 July 2024 Programme Liaison Group (includes government officers) )
meeting. 
Where approval has been gained from governments, a report will be presented
to CEG on 25 July 2024 outlining the governments’ decision and seeking
agreement from CEG on the New Regional Project which should be
recommended to Cabinet. 
A report will be presented to 6 August 2024 Cabinet outlining the governments’
decision and seeking approval for the New Regional Project. Any approved
project will be given an equivalent status to those on the Initial Project List
identified via the initial Programme Assembly Exercise in 2013 and will be
invited by the Cabinet to proceed to Business Case development stage. 
Should Renfrewshire be successful then all required governance and approvals
required will be through the Leadership Board. 
The City Deal and Infrastructure team are working with other officers and
scoping a suitable project for submission by Renfrewshire. 
Page 217 of 260

Page 218

This is currently being scoped but will likely be a project building on the previous
City Deal investment, and other investments in cultural venues and buildings
within Paisley. It will aim to provide sustainable access for our communities,
businesses and the wider City Region to high quality jobs and business
opportunities at employment sites in Renfrewshire, including the Advanced
Manufacturing Innovation District Scotland (AMIDS), Inchinnan Business Park
and Glasgow Airport. 
The proposed projectwill include provision of a sustainable regional transport
hub around Gilmour St/County Square which would help achieve our net zero
goals and support our move towards more sustainable transport options. 
Further details on the project will be brought to a future meeting of the
Leadership Board.
___________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – none. 
2. HR & Organisational Development – none. 
3. Community/Council Planning –  
 Our Renfrewshire is thriving – These projects will link our communities and
facilitate new development opportunities and business growth with both
projects improving skills development, educational and health opportunities
for people within the local communities as well as aiding employees to access
these major existing and new employment centres. The projects align with and
aid the outcomes of the Renfrewshire Economic Strategy 2020 -2030 and the
Renfrewshire Economic Recovery Plan 
 Our Renfrewshire is well - The new safer walking and cycling infrastructure
incorporated within these projects, will help encourage active travel by children
and young people, as well as adults. 
 Reshaping our place, our economy and our future – These infrastructure
projects provide connectivity and access to new and existing jobs for people
in our communities. During the project construction period hundreds of new
jobs have been created and as a result of new business creation it is estimated
that thousands of additional new permanent jobs will be created. NMIS and
MMIC are already up and running as a direct consequence of this enabling
infrastructure. The combined projects investment in linking active travel
infrastructure and education and will provide connectivity and access to new
and existing jobs for people in our communities. 
 Tackling inequality, ensuring opportunities for all – CWRR provides access to
development opportunities along Meadowside Street, increases the potential
to reinvigorate Blythswood Retail Park and improves access for the
communities on both sides of the River Clyde to facilities and employers on
the other side such as the Queen Elizabeth University Hospital; NHS Golden
Jubilee; West College Scotland’s Clydebank campus and Yoker train station.
Page 218 of 260

Page 219

The project also increases the employee catchment area for businesses
planning to locate at AMIDS, while improving links to suppliers and customers. 
 Creating a sustainable Renfrewshire for all to enjoy - The completed
infrastructure includes segregated provision for walking and cycling and
will also enable improved public transport links CWRR opens up
development opportunities, which through the LDP will be managed as
sustainable linked communities.   
 Working together to improve outcomes - Officers are working closely with
local communities, neighbouring councils, private sector organisations,
Scottish Government, Scottish Enterprise, and other partners to ensure
the maximisation of positive outcomes from the projects noted within this
report. 
4. Legal – none. 
5. Property/Assets – completed assets will require to be maintained and operated
by the Council. 
6. Information Technology – none. 
7. Equality & Human Rights - 
(a) The Recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in
relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative impacts
on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’ human rights
have been identified arising from the recommendations contained in the report
because it is for noting only. If required following implementation, the actual
impact of the recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed
and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be published on the
Council’s website. 
8. Health & Safety – none. 
9. Procurement – all contracts are tendered in accordance with Council
procurement procedures and where relevant taken to FRCS Board for approval. 
10. Risk – Project specific and Programme level risk registers have been established
for all projects. These are kept under regular review and reported to the Council’s
internal City Deal and Infrastructure Programme Board. 
11. Privacy Impact – none. 
12. COSLA Policy Position – not applicable. 
13. Climate Risk – the project will provide sustainable active travel routes and
encourage sustainable neighbourhoods and transport links including provision of
blue green infrastructure 
_________________________________________________________
Page 219 of 260

Page 220

List of Background Papers 
None.
__________________________________________________________________ 
BW 
April 2024 
Author: Barbara Walker, City Deal and Infrastructure Programme Director; Email
Barbara.walkers@renfrewshire.gov.uk
Page 220 of 260

Page 221

___________________________________________________________________
To: Leadership Board
On: 1st May 2024 
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Chief Executive 
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Renfrewshire Council Major Events – 2023 performance and 2024
programme 
1.  Summary 
1.1  This report updates Elected Members on the outputs of Renfrewshire Council’s events
programme in 2023 and how the programme has contributed to the council’s current
event strategy and to Future Paisley cultural regeneration programme. The report
explains the economic and social impacts delivered by the programme, including the
provision of high-quality volunteering opportunities, highlighting the journeys of some of
the programme’s volunteers.  
1.2  The report confirms the 2024 event programme and the intention to develop a revised
event strategy for 2025 to 2028. 
___________________________________________________________________
2.  Recommendation 
2.1  Members are asked to note the report.
___________________________________________________________________
3.  Background 
3.1 Renfrewshire Council’s events strategy 2022 to 2024 was produced to support the
restart, recovery and stabilisation of cultural events in Renfrewshire following the
Covid19 pandemic and is a key theme within Renfrewshire’s new visitor plan. Over the
past decade, delivering large outdoor events has played an important role in changing
perceptions of Renfrewshire and has elevated Renfrewshire’s (and the council’s)
reputation as a credible national event host (European Curling Championships, Scottish
Album of the Year Awards, Scottish Trad Awards, British Pipe Band Championships,
Item 11
Page 221 of 260

Page 222

About Us, Paolo Nutini at Paisley Abbey and The Royal National Mòd). The council’s
annual programme has helped to extend the visitor season in Renfrewshire and has
maintained visitor numbers and visitor spend, especially through a period of closure of
Paisley’s cultural venues during their refurbishment. In addition, the significant national
publicity generated by the council’s programme has ensured Renfrewshire has
continued to build its profile as a cultural destination and build connections with the
audiences who are key to the success of the area’s new cultural venues. 
3.3  The strategy developed post-Covid, placed increased value and emphasis on the
delivery of social impacts as well as traditional economic benefits. This has been heavily
influenced by legacy planning which evolved through Future Paisley and the pursuit of
Future Paisley’s five step changes. In practice this has meant setting and achieving
social impact beyond economic targets and achieving positive outcomes for
communities through their active and passive participation in events. 
3.4 The council’s event strategy sets out objectives for the annual programme:
 encourage more people to spend time in Renfrewshire by offering a year-round
programme of high-quality outdoor event experiences.
 maximise co-design, participation and volunteering opportunities by embedding
socially engaged practice through event design and delivery.
 understand and remove barriers to participation so that everyone in our
communities can join in. 
 seek local and national partnerships that strengthen the capacity of Renfrewshire’s
cultural sector and create opportunities for local talent.
 strengthen emotional connection between local people and Renfrewshire by
illuminating stories that are important and showcase the best of Renfrewshire.
 support local businesses to fully maximise the benefits of supply opportunities and
the publicity and footfall generated by events.
 incorporate new event trends and technologies to ensure the programme
continues to diversify and remain relevant.
 deliver a programme that can withstand the impact of current and future Covid19
restrictions.
 investigate how events can help work towards RenZero and raise awareness of
climate action. 
3.5 The event programme delivered in 2023 was marketed through Paisley marketing and
was supported by Future Paisley funding. This enabled the council to partner with
VisitScotland and secure EventScotland funding and has significantly contributed to a
transformed image of Paisley. Appendix 1 outlines the marketing and audience reach
generated by the council’s event programme. 
3.6 A new council events strategy is being produced for 2025-28 informed by the evaluation
of Future Paisley, five-years of event programme evaluations, and through detailed
engagement with local and national event audiences and the cultural sector. The
intention is to integrate Renfrewshire’s regional programme, with the ambition and
strategic priorities of Scotland’s National Events Strategy 2024-2035, due to be
published in April 2024 and which includes contribution from Renfrewshire Council’s
event manager. 
___________________________________________________________________
Page 222 of 260

Page 223

4.  Economic impact (2023) 
4.1 The council programme delivers two levels of events - visitor and local, with further
cultural events delivered by OneRen and Renfrewshire’s cultural sector. Event
evaluation research is undertaken at each visitor event delivered by the council to
understand economic impact, using the recognised eventIMPACTS toolkit. Independent
evaluations are commissioned for Paisley Food and Drink Festival, Sma’ Shot Day,
Renfrew Pipe Bands, Paisley Halloween Festival and Paisley’s Christmas. Visitor events
differ significantly in terms of audience profile and in scale e.g., Renfrew Pipe Band
attracted 4,000 attendees and Paisley Halloween Festival attracted 50,000 in 2023. 
4.2 The structure and format of the visitor event programme reflects changes in investment
and available external funding support. A comparison of event impact data provided
below highlights variations in the performance of the programme and the council’s return
on investment:
 Paisley Food & Drink Festival contributes significantly to the economic impact of the
council’s programme. In 2023, the festival attracted 22,500 individual attendees, of
which 18% were visitors (non-Renfrewshire residents). The festival generated an
overall economic impact for Renfrewshire of £1,383,654 (47% up on 2022). This
comprises £219,619 direct economic impact and £1,164,035 local spend. The
average spend per attendee was £64.36, an increase of 9% from 2022. 
 Sma’ Shot Day attracted 6,000 attendees of which 28% were visitors to the area.
The event generated an overall economic impact for Renfrewshire of £151,180.  This
comprises £159,643 local spend (29% down on 2022) and a direct economic loss of
(-£8,463). The average spend per attendee was £38.49 consistent with 2022 
(£38.97) in 2022. 
 Renfrew Pipe Band Competition was new to the council’s event calendar in 2022
and is supported by Renfrew Common Good. The event was included as a visitor
event for evaluation purposes in 2023 due to the number of visiting bands and
spectators from outwith Renfrewshire. The event attracted 4,000 attendees of which
30% were visitors. The Competition generated an overall economic impact for
Renfrewshire of £137,821. This comprises £28,873 direct economic impact and
£108,948 local spend. The average spend per attendee was £38.91 a 23% reduction
from 2022. 
 Paisley Halloween Festival is the council’s nationally recognised event, with 2024
marking its tenth year. In 2023, the festival attracted its largest audience of just over
50,000 individual attendees, of which 30% were visitors. The festival generated an
overall economic impact for Renfrewshire of £1,556,473 (17.5% up on 2022). This
comprises £211,779 direct economic impact and £1,344,694 local spend. The
average spend per attendee was £39.93, a 5% increase on 2022. 
 Paisley’s Christmas delivers a programme of festive activities across the Christmas
shopping period – the preference of town centre traders, instead of a one-day switch-
on event (pre-pandemic format). The 2023 programme attracted 10,797 attendees
of which 13% were visitors to Paisley. The programme generated an overall
Page 223 of 260

Page 224

economic impact for Renfrewshire of £525,319. This comprises £532,670 local
spend (75% down on 2022), and a direct economic loss of (-£7,351). Low spend is
linked to low attendance in 2023, which is attributed to two factors, extremely poor
weather throughout December which reduced town centre footfall and a reduction in
free indoor festive programming (funded in 2022 by Future Paisley as a one-off
contribution to support recovery).  The average spend per attendee was £57.74, a
19% increase from 2022. 
5.  The social value of events
5.1 The council’s approach to outdoor event delivery provides opportunities for the cultural
sector and local communities to work together and with the council, to co-produce and
deliver events that animate Renfrewshire and provide social benefits. Council events
help to build social capital and support employability by providing credible training, skills
development and volunteering opportunities for individuals who are under-represented.
Sustained participation improves wellbeing outcomes by helping people to connect and
develop a greater understanding of each other and by increasing individual happiness
through the act of ‘joining-in’. The overarching benefits of cultural engagement are well
documented.
5.2  Council events also provide a mechanism for sustained engagement, enabling the
council to build positive relationships with communities, supporting creativity and
enabling communities to share stories and tackle important issues through the design
of events they want to attend, and which are of a significant quality to attract visitors.
Through event engagement, we have been able to reach communities, in particular
young people, who are under-represented and face significant barriers to participation.
The council programme offers a range of access points across all aspects of event
creation and delivery, whether as an event collaborator and or an audience member. 
5.3 In 2023 the annual event programme generated over 3,500 participation opportunities
for children and young people and local target groups. This figure represents the total
number of opportunities created (the table at 9.3 confirms the number of individuals who
participated). 
5.4 The council’s commitment to generating positive social impact has resulted in a specific
way of working:
5.41 We design events that deliver four over-arching stakeholder benefits – to
showcase local talent and support the cultural sector; to provide a creative workshop
programme across art forms for local people; to provide free and accessible events
with a range of access points for audiences and participants; and to provide trading
opportunities for local businesses. 
5.42 We deliver events that our communities are able to design – we ensure the design
of each event programme can be directly influenced and shaped by the community
and that the views of young people are actively sought and respected. The events
team and artistic partners provide broad themes to allow significant interpretation in
workshop settings. This ensures events remain relevant for local people and a visitor
audience. 
Page 224 of 260

Page 225

5.43 We provide sustained recruitment and engagement - we purposely work with local
organisations and groups in a bespoke way to co-create programme, which requires a
network of cultural practitioners to be involved and we build on those community
relationships year-on-year. For months at a time, the community are involved in
decision making through creative workshops, and with professional partners in
preparation for performance and volunteering. Engagement is not a token element of
event delivery but an integral part of the programme and is sustained across the year.   
5.44 We understand and remove barriers – by listening to feedback through the
engagement process we make constant adjustments and accommodations to each
event to make sure as many people as possible can attend and participate,
understanding that barriers are different to everyone and protecting free access to
council events. 
5.45 We ensure equality – high quality and high ambitious installations created by the
community sit alongside professional work and professional performance takes place
alongside community performers.   
5.46 We are clear who we want to work with and selected four target groups for
collaboration: 
 Care experienced children and young people and/or young carers, ensuring
support for The Promise 
 People living with a disability or experiencing long-term ill health (including
physical or mental health)     
 People living in the 20% most deprived areas (informed by SIMD data)
 Local cultural groups and organisations 
6. Social Impact of visitor events (2023)
6.1 Paisley Food & Drink Festival delivers social and cultural benefits, most significantly in
relation to supporting the local hospitality sector. National partners such as Platform and
Zero Waste Scotland bring additional profile to the event and help to attract visitors.
 Working with Paisley First, we supported twelve local businesses (a third of
event traders) through the festival and two further businesses were provided
with free event presence to promote Fairtrade. 
 Four local cultural organisations benefited from supply chain opportunities
 115 performers contributed to the live entertainment programme (79 local to
Renfrewshire)
 368 children participated in free family activities, including pizza making,
chocolate decorating and cookery classes. This included targeted family
groups through STAR Project and RIG Arts. 
 26% of attendees live in areas with high levels of deprivation (20% most deprived
data zones in Scotland).
“It’s brilliant. My first time here and I didn’t realise it would be so
busy. Loved the whole thing.”
“Love the atmosphere. Great for Paisley. Getting bigger all the time!”
(local business traders)
Page 225 of 260

Page 226

 Accessibility measures were implemented at the festival, developed and tested
with partners and adopted as a Renfrewshire event standard. This includes a
fully accessible event site with accessible parking, kerb ramps, quiet spaces for
people who are neurodivergent and a changing place facility. 
6.2  Sma’ Shot Day is delivered by the council with collaboration from a local partner group
(nine organisations) to plan and agree the event theme. In 2023, the focus was the role
of women in Renfrewshire’s weaving history. 
 350 people participated in the parade, including eight community groups. 
 A total of 15 community groups (400 participant opportunities) co-designed the
parade through a creative workshop programme (visual art, dance and costume
workshops) led by Bridgeman Arts. This includes the development of large-scale
parade makes. 
 The event created a public platform for 30 local performers and 10 cultural
organisations. The Shuttle Street site was activated and included a live music and
spoken word programme. 
 20 local traders participate at the Abbey Close site.
 70 older people attended the Sma’ Shot Day Tea Dance (free), enabling their
participation with the wider town centre event. 
 Multiple venues were used to promote and connect Paisley town centre visitor
assets – Shuttle Street and Sma’ Shot Cottages, Paisley Abbey and Methodist
Central Hall.
 Civic pride rated highly by those attending the event and 96% of those surveyed
rated Paisley as friendly, 86% agreed there is more going on in Paisley; 84%
agreed they have seen or heard something positive about Paisley recently; and
84% agreed they feel more positive about Paisley than they used to. 
 32% of attendees live in areas with high levels of deprivation (20% most deprived
data zones in Scotland). 
6.3 Renfrew Pipe Band Competition - 16 bands took part in the 2023 event with 12 from
outside Renfrewshire. Four local bands competed with Johnstone Pipe Band and the
Renfrewshire Schools band taking home prizes.   
“Great atmosphere. Friendly and safe feel to it (the event).”
(event attendee)
 
“I love the general atmosphere as it's nice for the children plus a lot is free”
“Music - makes me feel proud of Scotland. The parade was terrific”
(event attendees)
Page 226 of 260

Page 227

 180 children participated in circus skills workshops and football tasters provided by
Renfrew Football Club and Street Stuff, with a programme of free activities available.
 Two local traders provided on-site trading alongside Renfrew Football Club. 
 Civic pride rated highly by attendees with 86% of people noting they feel more
positive towards Renfrew than they used to and 75% indicating they were proud of
Renfrew’s culture and heritage.
 27% of attendees currently live in areas with high levels of deprivation (20% most
deprived data zones in Scotland). 
6.4 Paisley Halloween Festival provides the greatest opportunity for social and cultural
impact, engaging underrepresented groups and significant opportunities for young
people to develop confidence and skills and socialise and make friends through high
quality artist-led activity.  The events team have worked with Disability Resource Centre
and Gateway Intensive Support Service since 2018 to continuously improve event
accessibility and several changes were implemented resulting in a Renfrewshire
standard - dropped kerbs, the placement of designated blue badge parking, positioning
of accessible viewing platforms, introduction of high level signage and large screens
(supported by EventScotland National Fund),  changing places facilities and accessibility
guides - event accessibility guide and https://paisley.is/visit/paisley-halloween-festival-
access-guide/. The team also work with ShopMobility, who reported a significant
increase in users over the 2023 festival weekend (58 bookings). The Paisley Halloween
Festival Case Study, prepared by the Centre for Culture, Sport and Events as part of the
evaluation of Future Paisley provides more detail on the social and economic impact of
the festival, see Appendix 2.
 The festival generated more than 700 participation opportunities and 81
opportunities for local performers. 
 238 people engaged in the creative workshop programme, which offered eight
access points for participation with twenty workshop sessions delivered. 
 13 community groups directly engaged, and 27 local performers performed on
each day of the event. 
 The festival offered bespoke and unique creative opportunities tailored to our
target groups, led by national and international event producers and carnival
artists.  An overview of the opportunities for co-design are highlighted below: 
Participation & co-
design opportunity 
Target groups Groups engaged 
Raven's Realm
Installation – Visual art
/ props making 
Care experienced children
and young people and/or
young carers    
33rd Gleniffer Scouts  
Forest View Primary school
and Goudie Academy   
Renfrewshire Young Carers     
Spooky Bat Cave –
Visual art / props
making     
Care experienced children
and young people and/or
young carers      
People living with a
disability
Castlehead High School  
Girl Guides Paisley Division  
ArtBoss Creative Young
Producers  
Spinners Gate - Gateway
Intensive Support Service
Individuals  
Page 227 of 260

Page 228

Participation & co-
design opportunity 
Target groups Groups engaged 
Paisley Town Hall
Chimes community
composition project     
Children and young
people 
Paisley After School Care  
Despicable Dance
performance     
Children and young
people
Right2dance     
Accessibility
Consultations on event
site  
People living with a
disability or people
experiencing long-term ill
health (including physical
or mental health)  
Disability Resource Centre  
Spinners Gate - Gateway
Intensive Support Service
Individuals     
Stage Performances  Children and young
people  
Local cultural groups
Local singer/songwriters:
Adam Dolan, Hollie Robinson,
Kirsty Ward    
Local groups: RockUs Choir &
BlocoWinnoch Samba Band  
Ravens' Realm
Physical Theatre
Performance  
Children and young
people  
PACE Youth Theatre     
Aerial Dance
Performances     
People living in poverty   
People living in the 20%
most deprived areas
according to SIMD
statistics    
Community Circus Paisley
(adult & youth groups)   
Cameron School of Dance   
 100% of young people participating in creative workshops said they had a
positive experience and had an opportunity to showcase their talents and skills
within the festival, and confirmed they would take part again in future. All rated
their enjoyment of the experience 8 out of 10 or above. Young people shared
their motivation for taking part in the Halloween workshop activity - help shape
the event, express myself creatively, showcase my skills and talent.   
 Civic pride is strong amongst residents attending the event, with 100% of those
surveyed saying they were proud of the town and its culture and heritage. 
 99% of all people surveyed confirmed they were satisfied with the Halloween
Festival experience.
 96% of attendees confirmed attending the event has improved their impression
of Paisley (100% of local residents and 88% of visitors). 92% of all attendees
agree there is ‘more going on in Paisley these days’, and the ‘quality of events
“Young people enjoyed the workshop and loved seeing their bat lanterns in
the bat cave at the festival.” (ArtBoss coordinator) 
“The children had an amazing experience boosting their confidence and
learnt new skills such as aerial skills - trapeze and hoops.” (Cameron School
of Dance)
Page 228 of 260

Page 229

has improved’ in recent years.  94% of attendees to the festival had seen or
heard something positive about Paisley recently. 
 36% of attendees currently live in areas with high levels of deprivation (20%
most deprived data zones in Scotland). This is higher than 2022 (25%). 
6.5 Paisley’s Christmas – the 2023 event involved significant collaboration with partners and
a marketing partnership with Paisley First who delivered a programme of free family
entertainment throughout December. Paisley’s official lights switch was hosted by the
Provost and included street performances, Santa meet-and-greet and a community
stage which supported 98 local performers. The programme was promoted alongside
PACE Panto and free and ticketed activities delivered by OneRen at the Town Hall,
OnX, Lagoon and Libraries. 
 Scotland’s Theme Park provided a covered Ice Rink with daily ice-skating
sessions, food concession and funfair rides throughout December. A discounted
ticket price (25%) was offered to all PA post codes, student card and Young Scot
card holders. Group discounts and ASN sessions were programmed to maximise
accessibility for families, school groups and clubs. 
 393 visited Santa’s Workshop and free family activities delivered by local cultural
organisations over two weekends.
“Everything was fantastic, I had the best time. Lights and fire effects were
brilliant. The musical skeleton band was excellent.” 
“It's so big - lots to see and do. Just so good. This is my first time here and
everyone has said it's fantastic and it is” 
“Something for everyone, live shows, lights, sound effects. Funfair and
marshmallow toasting were definite winners. Brilliant time” 
“Thought everything this year was outstanding! Kids having fun seeing
everything” 
“The whole event is amazing. It's very well organized. I like the one-way
system. It's very busy but not as congested as previous years.” 
“I like the trail zone. The lights and decorations around the Abbey are
fabulous” 
“I feel the council have thought of everything, down to toasting your own
marshmallows” 
“The kids love it, it gets better every year. There's lots to see and the
costumes and street performers are great” 
“It's great for people that it's free and the street performers are very talented” 
“The whole event is utterly amazing. I couldn't possibly choose my favourite
thing” 
Page 229 of 260

Page 230

 419 from 29 community groups were provided with free ice-skating vouchers,
including Ferguslie Families, Home Links, School of African Cultures, Children
Be-friending, Linstone Housing Families, STAR Project and Pals of Privies. 
 36% of attendees live in areas with high levels of deprivation (20% most deprived
data zones in Scotland) A higher number than attendees in 2022 (24%).  
 Civic pride is strongly reflected across attendees, with high levels of agreement
on perceptions of Paisley. Notably, 96% of local residents describe Paisley as
friendly, which is supported by 80% of visitors. Additionally, 94% of locals
acknowledge an increase in activities within the town and 93% stated
improvement in the quality of events.   
7. Social Impact of local events (2023)
7.1  Renfrew Gala Day - local groups were engaged to shape the theme of the event (circus).
This included Renfrew Community Council, St Margaret’s Church and Our Place Our
Families. 
- 320 children participated in free activity 
- 52 local performers appeared on the main stage provided by Erskine Arts.
- More than 30 local businesses hosted stalls on the day. 
7.2 Barshaw Gala Day
- 300 children participated in free activity 
- Street Stuff, Paisley Rugby Club, Paisley Small Model Engineers and Scottish Fire
and Rescue Heritage Trust offered activities and taster sessions.  
- 45 local performers appeared on the main stage provided by Erskine Arts.
- More than 30 local businesses hosted stalls on the day. 
7.3 Renfrew Christmas
- 750 children participated in free festive activities 
- 28 local performers appeared on the main stage 
- 10 local traders and charities took part in the event, with further opportunity for
business generated through Spend Local festive competition. 
'Thank you from everyone at Pals of the Privies. We had the best time today at
the shows and the ice-skating. You were there throughout the whole event for
any questions or information we needed, what a star you are. Well done for
organising such a wonderful successful day for all the groups.' 
 
“Love it - I come every year with kids, always a great atmosphere and kids get
discount with their Young Scots card. Loads of free things”
“Ice rink discount was good and kids loved seeing Santa walking about”  
Page 230 of 260

Page 231

7.4 Johnstone Christmas - participatory budgeting was undertaken to produce the 2023
event, with £5,000 ring-fenced for event programming. Active Communities, Johnstone
Business Consortium and Johnstone Community Council worked together to design the
process and to gather community ideas. A series of roadshow events were held to gather
community suggestions with 227 responses received to the initial call for programming
ideas.  A total of 654 Johnstone residents voted to shape the final event programme. 
- 200 local people participated in free activities
- 8 local performers appeared on the main stage
- 5 local businesses took part in the event. 
8. Event volunteering programme 
8.1 A well-established volunteering programme underpins the delivery of events and offers
numerous volunteer opportunities across the year. The programme prioritises inclusivity,
actively involving students, older people, and those seeking to explore further education,
employment or returning to the workforce. We successfully recruit volunteers through
partnerships with educational institutions, volunteer recruitment organisations, and
community groups. Volunteering opportunities are created to help drive improved health
and well-being, skills development and professional advancement and community and
friendship building.   
8.2 Volunteering experienced significant growth in 2023, attributed in part to the Royal National
Mòd, and through the creation of new volunteering roles in creative media,
communications, site building, stewarding, event management and community capacity
building. 
8.3 Volunteer recruitment involves multiple stages, allowing the events team to identify and
match volunteers into the most suitable roles, providing quality onboarding and training,
support throughout the live event and follow-up survey and engagement to understand
experience and future pathways. People who apply are invited to an informal interview to
share what has led them to volunteer and what they would like to gain from the experience
including current skill set, preferred role to be undertaken, and any additional tasks they
would like to undertake beyond the advertised roles. Where a volunteer is seeking a
specific role not listed within the advertised roles, the team will collaborate with creative
partners, other council services and event suppliers to create a bespoke volunteering
package. and provide the necessary experience for them. 
8.4 A partnership with Engage Renfrewshire and Volunteer Scotland secures around 70% of
all local volunteer sign-ups for major events, with a further 20% driven by University of
West of Scotland and the Student Union, enabling direct access to volunteering and work
experience for events students across the west of Scotland. 10% of sign-ups come direct
to the team through various digital channels. While the primary objective is to recruit event
volunteers, we also support opportunities through suppliers. Erskine Arts serves as
exemplar in this area, and through involvement in council events, the organisation supports
several youth volunteers to gain stage management experience to build skills and
contribute to Saltire Awards. The table below details the volunteering opportunities
provided at each event.
Page 231 of 260

Page 232

Event Volunteering Opportunities  No of
volunteers 
Volunteering
hours 
Paisley Food and
Drink Festival
6 - workshop buddies, event
visitor welcome, radio room
assistant, and shadowing
opportunities for students
8 63
Barshaw Gala Day 2 - workshop assistants and
event visitor welcome.
5 22
Renfrew Gala Day 3 - workshop assistant,
stewarding and event visitor
welcome. 
2 10
Sma’ Shot Day 5 - welcoming host (Tea Dance),
workshop assistant, parade
support, event visitor welcome,
radio room assistant.
9 45
Renfrew Pipe Band
Competition
2 - way finders and programme
distributors.
2 8
The Royal National
Mòd
8 - public greeters, information
guides, stewards, merchandise
volunteer, competition assistant,
competition steward, backstage
assistant, venue assistant. 
68 1,623
Paisley Halloween
Festival
8 - lighting volunteer,
photography, installation &
performance moderator, event
access assistant, accessibility
attendant, operational events
team support, site dressing, and
make-up artist.
48 203
Johnstone Lights  2 - Santa’s helper and event
visitor welcome. 
4 24
Renfrew Lights  3 – Santa’s helper and visitor
welcome
3 18 
8.5 Where possible the teams track volunteer progression and record where individuals
successfully transition to further education or employment. Four recent journeys are
presented below: 
 Paul joined the events team with the goal of gaining additional event stewarding
experience to pursue a career in the field. Through his dedicated volunteer work
and shadowing opportunities with SGL stewards at council events, Paul successfully
secured employment in security at Paisley Shopping Centre. We were happy to
provide Paul with a reference to support his job application. 
 Sami dedicated her time to volunteering at multiple events before making the
decision to pursue studies in events management. Thanks to her experience with
the events team, Sami is now in her third year of the events management course
and also holds the position of student representative at the University of the West
of Scotland. As a student representative, one of her responsibilities is to organise
student trips and activities. 
 Estery moved to Scotland at the start of 2022, and while searching for employment,
her aim was to rebuild confidence and establish connections through volunteering
Page 232 of 260

Page 233

at our events. Estery volunteered at our Christmas events to gain experience make
contacts, and as a result, she successfully secured employment at Peterborough
College. We were pleased to assist Estery by providing a reference for her new job. 
 Alastair joined our event volunteers' team with the aim of rebuilding his confidence
and social skills.  Alastair is on the autism spectrum and experienced setbacks in
his social interactions due to the impact of the pandemic. He sought to regain his
confidence in socialising and becoming more actively involved in his community. 
Alastair began his volunteering journey by taking on quieter tasks, such as
managing the events radio room during the Paisley Food and Drink Festival and as
his confidence grew, he expanded his involvement by assisting with the tea dance
at Sma' Shot Day. Alastair remains one of our regular volunteers. 
9. Events programme 2024 
9.1 The events service is in the process of transitioning to a new structure following Right
for Renfrewshire and the reduction of two FTE’s and will continue to progress the
development of a new strategy. This will review and refine events produced in-house,
identify opportunities for the cultural sector to deliver local events, and better understand
the scale of opportunity for hosting external events. 
9.2 The programme for 2024 is detailed below, with the events team also supporting
arrangements for a General Election:
Date Event
26/27 April Paisley Food and Drink Festival
2 June Renfrew Gala Day
23 June Barshaw Gala Day
6 July Sma’ Shot Day
20 July Renfrew Pipe Band Competition
7/8 September Renfrewshire Doors Open Days
25/26 October Paisley Halloween Festival
12 November Remembrance Day (Paisley)
Nov/December Paisley’s Christmas* dates subject to tender exercise
23 November Renfrew Christmas Lights Switch-on
30 November Johnstone Christmas Lights Switch-on 
9.3 The 2025 programme will be informed by the review of 2022/23 evaluation data (see the
summary table below), the development of the new events strategy and the launch of
the refreshed National Events Strategy, Scotland the Perfect Stage 2024 - 2035.  It will
reflect available resources, council priorities and the continued rising costs of events
infrastructure, including the implications of the incoming Martyn’s Law/Protect Duty. 
KPI 2022 2023 Target Achieved
Number of attendees 151,000 139,927 170,000 290,927
Number of visitors 17,579 19,454 30,000 37,033
Page 233 of 260

Page 234

Economic impact including
local spend £4,629,752 £5,473,640 £3m  £10,103,392
Number of participants 3,140 2,904 3,000 6,008
Number of local performers 568 509 500 1,077
Number of volunteering
hours  301 2020 700  2,321
Satisfaction rating 96.7% 97.6% 96% 97% 
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – none 
2. HR & Organisational Development – none 
3. Community/Council Planning – The activity outlined in the report contributes
to the Place Theme within the Council Plan 2022 to 2027 (PLACE – positioning
Renfrewshire as a destination of choice, through visitor and investor marketing
and major events, building on our cultural infrastructure investment - delivering
Future Paisley, our far-reaching cultural regeneration programme, harnessing
the power of the arts, heritage and culture for social and economic change),
and to the cross-cutting theme – improving outcomes for children and their
families. 
4. Legal – none 
5. Property/Assets – none 
6. Information Technology – none 
7. Equality & Human Rights - No negative impacts on equality groups or
potential for infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified
arising from the recommendations contained in the report. The council event
programme does not present barriers to participation or disadvantage any
protected groups from participation. 
8. Health & Safety – Event Safety Manuals are developed for individual events
within the council programme with H&S and CCS, approved through the Event
Safety Advisory Group. 
9. Procurement – none 
10. Risk – A detailed individual risk assessment is developed the annual events
programme. 
11. Privacy Impact – none 
12. Cosla Policy Position –not applicable 
Author:           Louisa Mahon, Head of Marketing and Communications, 
T: 0141 618 7546 E: louisa.mahon@renfrewshire.gov.uk
Page 234 of 260

Page 235

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
2023 event programme
Marcomms OTSH
Page 235 of 260

Page 236

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Opportunities to see and hear (OTSH)
Marketing OTSH total (paid-for media)
22,373,137
Press and PR OTSH total
31,510,128
Social media OTSH total
1,228,485
Total OTSH for 2023 events
55,111,750
Page 236 of 260

Page 237

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Marketing OTSH breakdown
Paisley Food & Drink Festival 3,114,563
Renfrew Gala Day 152,930
Barshaw Gala Day 238,804
Sma’ Shot Day 1,615,776
Renfrew Pipe Band Competition 4,935,040
Mòd Phàislig 5,445,925
Paisley Halloween Festival 5,749,725
Paisley’s Christmas 803,264
Renfrew Christmas Lights Switch-On 159,164
Johnstone Christmas Lights Switch-On 171,071
Page 237 of 260

Page 238

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Press & PR OTSH breakdown
Paisley Food & Drink Festival 4,239,664
Renfrew Gala Day 19,828
Barshaw Gala Day 42,044
Sma’ Shot Day 1,601,694
Renfrew Pipe Band Competition 51,526
Renfrewshire Doors Open Days 18,667
Mòd Phàislig 2,217,933
Paisley Halloween Festival 13,766,975
Paisley’s Christmas 2,998,433
Renfrew Christmas Lights Switch-On 3,407,448
Johnstone Christmas Lights Switch-On 3,325,916
Page 238 of 260

Page 239

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Social media OTSH breakdown
Paisley Food & Drink Festival 217,030
Renfrew Gala Day 46,452
Barshaw Gala Day 54,010
Sma’ Shot Day 133,725
Renfrew Pipe Band Competition 44,136
Renfrewshire Doors Open Days 142,913
Mòd Phàislig 195,447
Paisley Halloween Festival 256,050
Paisley’s Christmas 98,886
Renfrew Christmas Lights Switch-On 16,878
Johnstone Christmas Lights Switch-On 13,958
Page 239 of 260

Page 240

Paisley Halloween Festival
Case Study
Dr Sophie Mamattah
CCSE/UWS
Page 240 of 260

Page 241

The Paisley Halloween Festival
(PHF) has occupied a place
in Renfrewshire’s calendar of
recurring events since 2014. 
With time and investment from
Future Paisley and EventScotland,
the festival has developed into
a significant annual occurrence
which secures Paisley a place on
the itinerary of ‘must see’ seasonal
events in Scotland.1
Background & Introduction
1  The 2018 festival was named as one of the year’s
‘top 10’ events and festivals in a competition
held by Holidaylettings.co.uk featuring the UK’s
spookiest Halloween event (see: EventScotland
Post Event Outcome Report—Year of Young
People 2018). PHF was named ‘Best Festival or
Outdoor Event’ in the EventIt Awards of the same
year and Best Cultural Event or Festival 
at the Scottish Thistle Awards, 2018–20 (See:
http://tinyurl.com/4wkrv8zy, https://visitscotland.
eventsair.com/thistleawards2021/2019-2020
& Paisley Halloween Festival wins gold). PHF
was also nominated in the Outstanding Festival
category of The Herald Scottish Culture Awards
2019 (see: https://newsquestscotlandevents.com/
events/cultureawards/).
2  EventScotland funding is contingent upon 
annual applications to appropriate funding
schemes (correspondence with Pauline Allen, 
29th February 2024).
3  See: https://www.renfrewshire.gov.uk/
futurepaisley
4  Future Paisley provided £30,000 towards a total
budget of £241,000 in 2018, £10,000 in 2019,
2020 was a casualty of COVID19. The 2021 PHF
recorded a large underspend as live events were
still limited due to the pandemic; Future Paisley
funds were reallocated. In 2022 and 2023, 
Future Paisley support in the amounts of
£30,000 and £39,000 were committed to PHF
(see: Halloween Festival Evaluation Summary,
Paisley Halloween Festival (2018–2022)). In
2022, an additional £6,000 was made available
for evaluation purposes (correspondence with
Pauline Allen, 15th February 2024).
5  Interview with Pauline Allan & Suzi Maciver,
February 2024.
6  Future Paisley Project Monitoring & Evaluation
Report: Paisley Halloween Festival 2022
PHF is funded through Renfrewshire Council Events
budget, EventScotland2 and, since 2018, Future Paisley.
Future Paisley comprises a far-reaching and progressive
approach to cultural regeneration which seeks to
mobilise culture in pursuance of positive social change.3
In recent years, the festival has received £109,000
towards its costs from Future Paisley.4 This resource has
been invaluable as match funding to leverage other
funding applications.5 PHF is one of the UK’s largest free
to attend Halloween events and, a flagship event for
Renfrewshire’s Major Events Programme.6
Page 241 of 260

Page 242

PHF is a sizable undertaking, the staging of which draws upon the
experience and expertise of the Renfrewshire Council Major Events
Team working in partnership with commissioned event producers
(such as Cirque Bijou7, a leading specialist in carnival arts, who have
collaborated on the event since 2019) and a range of artists, cultural
groups and practitioners alongside local community members
to realise its multi-faceted aims. These aims—listed below—span
economic, social and cultural objectives:
7 https://www.cirquebijou.co.uk/
8  Future Paisley Project Monitoring &
Evaluation Report: Paisley Halloween
Festival 2022.
• Encourage more people to spend time in Renfrewshire by
offering a high-quality event experiences.
• Maximise co-design, participation and volunteering
opportunities by embedding socially engaged practice
through event design and delivery.
• Understand and remove barriers to participation so that
everyone in our communities can access the event.
• Develop partnerships locally and nationally that strengthen
the capacity of our cultural and creative sectors and create
opportunities for local talent.
• Strengthen emotional connection between local people
and their place by illuminating stories and issues that are
important and showcasing the best of Renfrewshire.
• Support local businesses to fully maximise the benefits 
of supply opportunities and publicity and footfall 
generated by events.
• Incorporate new event trends and technologies ensuring the
programme continues to diversify and remain relevant.
• Investigate how events can help work towards net zero
Renfrewshire and raise awareness of climate change among
attendees and participants.8
Page 242 of 260

Page 243

9  Halloween Festival Evaluation Summary, Paisley Halloween
Festival (2018–2022).
10  https://ccse.uws.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/
FuturePaisleyEvaluationFramework.pdf
The increased funding from Future Paisely enabled
the festival to grow and, to ‘significantly improve on
community programming.’9 It follows that the festival’s
scale and ambition presage its significance for a
number of the aims and objectives foregrounded in
the Future Paisely step changes and, recognised
within the Evaluation Framework10 developed to assess
the outcomes, outputs and impacts that this suite of
investments has accrued.
In this case study, data gathered for evaluation
purposes, published reporting and key stakeholder
interviews are drawn upon to explore the contribution
that PHF and associated activities have made to the
Future Paisley programme. PHF is an outstanding
illustration of a number of the Framework’s guiding Step
Changes, contributing to:
• Step Change 1 [Radically Change Paisley’s Image and
Reputation in Scotland, the UK and Internationally]
Outcome 1: Increased civic pride; Outcome 2: Paisley is
positioned as a destination of choice and Outcome 3:
More people visit Renfrewshire attractions and events.
• Step Change 2 [Raise Prosperity and Increase
Wellbeing in our Communities] Outcome 5: Children
and young people thrive through everyday access
to arts and culture; Outcome 6: The cultural offer
is dispersed and accessible across Renfrewshire,
enhancing wellbeing in our communities.
• Step Change 3 [Paisley will be Recognised for its
Cultural Innovation] Outcome 8: Innovation in Paisley’s
programming leads to wider engagement by local
and national audiences; Outcome 9: Community-
led production and programming increases cultural
participation and activism, and
• Step Change 4: [Transform Paisley into a Vibrant Town
Centre] Outcome 10: Paisley’s town centre is revitalised
through the opening of major cultural venues and
attractions and, Outcome 12: Paisley’s town centre is
animated by cultural production and participation.
Page 243 of 260

Page 244

Increased civic pride, Paisley is positioned
as a destination of choice & more people
visit Renfrewshire attractions and events.
11  Halloween Festival Evaluation Summary,
Paisley Halloween Festival (2018–2022)
& Halloween Festival 2018, Event
Evaluation (James Law Research
Associated Ltd, November 2018).
12  The festival was extended for the first
time in 2019 (see: Halloween Festival
Evaluation Summary, Paisley Halloween
Festival (2018-2022)). PHF 2019 ran
25–26th October, 2021, from 26th–28th of
the month, 2022 spanned 27th–29th and
2023, from 26th–28th October. In 2021
the festival’s timeframe was increased
in order to reduce crowd density as a
COVID19 precaution/mitigation (see:
Scotland’s Year of Coasts & Waters
#YCW2021 Events Programme Open
Fund Post Event Outcome Report).
13  Halloween Festival Evaluation Summary,
Paisley Halloween Festival (2018–2022).
14  Halloween Festival Evaluation Summary,
Paisley Halloween Festival (2018–2022).
15  EventScotland, National Events
Programmed 2022 Post Event Outcome
Report.
16  Future Paisley Project Monitoring &
Evaluation Report: Paisley Halloween
Festival 2023.
17  Here, participant refers to a person
taking part in a parade or a pre-event
or live-event community workshop
(correspondence with Suzi Maciver 19th
February 2024).
18  Correspondence with Suzi Maciver (19th
February 2024).
19  Interview with Pauline Allan & Suzi
Maciver, February 2024.
In recent years, the PHF has recorded a steady increase in audience numbers. In
2018—the first year in which PHF received Future Paisley funding—34,000 spectators
attended the festival, 10,982 of whom were non-local, event specific visitors to
Paisley.11 At this time, PHF was a single day event12 which included a Halloween ball
and movie night.13 In 2022 and 2023, audience numbers had increased to 45,000 and
50,000 spectators respectively.14 In 2022, 28.7% (or, 10,322) of attendees travelled
from outside Renfrewshire to visit the festival.15 In 2023, 30% of event visitors hailed
from outside the local authority area (or 12,480 event specific visitors to Renfrewshire
across the festival weekend).16 Furthermore, the PHF has maintained reasonably
consistent participant17 numbers. Though at their highest in 2018 and 2019—when 710
and 590 community members, artists and others took part—the equivalent figures for
2021–3 have remained stable at 209 (2021), 240 (2022) and 238 (2023).18 While COVID19
is a consideration here, a change in the approach taken to community engagement is
of more significance. While the 2018 and 2019 events featured centrepiece parades
for which participants could potentially only show up on the night and, daring aerial
performance (which did require commitment to preparatory workshops), from
2021–23 emphasis was placed on deeper and more enduring involvement in creative
workshops. As Creative Events Producer, Suzi Maciver, observes ‘in ’21 we had no live
performance because of COVID, so we got young people involved in more visual art
workshops and making […] participating in things that contributed to installations and
then, we […] retained that format for ’22 [and] ‘23’. While fewer in overall numbers, the
involvement was likely achieved in ‘a more meaningful […] slightly longer-term way
[…] with the view that [participants] would be getting a little bit more out of it than just
performing in the parade.’ Rather than potentially coming along on a single occasion,
this format means that ‘everyone who’s participated has been part of an engagement
process’.19
Page 244 of 260

Page 245

Data show that PHF is successfully staking a claim to a
place on attendees’ cultural calendars; 64% of the 2023
audience had attended a prior Paisley Halloween event.20
Moreover, there is clear evidence that the festival plays a
role in changing people’s views of Paisley for the better.21
For example, 66% of all those who attended the 2023
event reported ‘net improved impressions of Paisley’.
Although these figures were slightly lower for local
authority area residents (at 59%), they were an impressive
83% among those who were visiting Renfrewshire and
attending the PHF.22 These sentiments are also reflected
in feedback from a cross-section of the 2023 audience
who participated in vox-pop surveys during their festival
visit. Feedback received included remarks such as:
“Everything was fantastic, I had the best time. Lights and
fire effects were brilliant. The musical skeleton band was
excellent. Toasting marshmallows was good fun.”
“It’s all great. Too much to just pick one thing. The one-way
system is spot on.”
“The whole event is utterly amazing; I couldn’t possibly
choose my favourite thing.”23
“The whole event is utterly
amazing; I couldn’t possibly
choose my favourite thing.”
20 Paisley Halloween Festival 2023.
21  Further evidence for such change is seen in the
work of Hell & McPherson (2022) which draws
on the data collected for Hell’s doctoral thesis
examining the public value of festivals and events.
PHF is one of the events included in the study
and dataset.
22 Paisley Halloween Festival 2023.
23 See: Paisley Halloween Festival 2023.
Page 245 of 260

Page 246

Similar sentiments are echoed across the editions of the PHF,
in 2021, for example, 88% of attendees reported that they were
‘satisfied’ or ‘very satisfied’ with their overall event experience. Vox
pop feedback included observations such as:
“It’s been really cool and something different getting to see all the
light displays—it’s really lovely. My family come every year and
say it’s always amazing, so I thought I’d come and have a look
too.”
“It was fantastic—went 3 nights in a row. Stunning.”24
And, in 2018,
“Can’t wait to see what is in store for next year, this was fantastic!”25
PHF draws thousands of people into the town centre where
live performance is combined with installation artwork and
spectacular Halloween themed decorative elements which adorn
exemplars of Paisley’s built heritage. As part of EventScotland’s
Year of Coasts & Waters, PHF 2021 emphasised interaction with
the White Cart, the Clyde tributary navigable as far as Paisley.26
With time, the festival format has evolved, offering increased
opportunity for community involvement, ‘diversify[ing] art forms
and purposefully work[ing] with groups in a bespoke way to co-
create an exciting and diverse programme’.27 Further, routing the
parade around the historical town centre,28 situating decorative
elements of the Halloween displays to spotlight the town’s built
heritage (including recently revitalised assets such as the Town
Hall)29 and, using new event locations to host activities related to
the festival30 both draws people into Paisley and brings attention
to the town’s cultural and historical assets. Harnessing lighting,
visual arts and other decorative elements to temporarily aminate
the town, PHF can be seen to contribute to the outcomes:
Paisley’s town centre is revitalised through the opening of major
cultural venues and attractions and, Paisley’s town centre is
animated by cultural production and participation.
24  Scotland’s Year of Coasts & Waters #YCW2021
Events Programme Open Fund Post Event
Outcome Report.
25  EventScotland Post Event Outcome Report—
Year of Young People 2018.
26  Scotland’s Year of Coasts & Waters #YCW2021
Events Programme Open Fund Post Event
Outcome Report.
27  Halloween Festival Evaluation Summary, Paisley
Halloween Festival (2018–2022).
28  Gothic Halloween Proposal v10. In 2023, the 6
areas featuring programmed content developed
by Cirque Bijou and collaborators included:
Renfrew Lawn, Bridge Street, Abbey Close,
the Cenotaph Steps and Abbey Lawn (Paisley
Halloween Festival: Post Event Report, 2023).
29  Future Paisley Project Monitoring & Evaluation
Report: Paisley Halloween Festival 2023.
30  EventScotland Post Event Outcome Report,
National Events Programme 2019.
“Can’t wait to see what
is in store for next year,
this was fantastic!”
Page 246 of 260

Page 247

Children and young people thrive through
everyday access to arts and culture
and, the cultural offer is dispersed
and accessible across Renfrewshire,
enhancing wellbeing in our communities.
The PHF can be seen to have enhanced and
dispersed the cultural offer at local and regional
levels along a number of axes. The festival has
presented opportunities for local people to
become involved in aspects of the preparation for
and, production and performance of the festival.
Over time, adjustments and accommodations
have been made to ensure that those who would
wish to attend are appropriately supported to
allow them to do so.
Page 247 of 260

Page 248

Examples of the ways in which local community members (particularly
young people) have been able to participate in PHF are many. With
time, the education and workshop sessions that have prepared the
ground for the festival have remained quite consistent. There were
approximately 40 such sessions in the run up to the 2018 and 2019
events. Prior to the 2022 and 2023 iterations of PHF, about 20 and 24
sessions respectively were hosted.31 This community related approach
to the preparatory phases of the event provides space for co-creative
activity. The approach comprises ‘recruitment and, [a subsequent]
engagement process [running] from the spring through to Halloween
[, all of which requires a m]ore structured commitment’ from
participating community members.32
Though COVID affected the 2021 PHF, organisers
nevertheless successfully arranged approximately 20
workshops attended by 209 community members from
11 community groups33 who were involved in making
and performance opportunities. Typically, attendance to
between 4–6 workshops is required, depending upon
the activity being undertaken. Appropriate adaptations
are made for groups where fatigue or concentration
span are a consideration.34 The outputs from these
sessions included 155 dioramas, displayed in Earthship1,
the centrepiece installation35 of the 2021 edition of
PHF.36 Similarly, for PHF 2022, spoken word films created
by local people from across the Renfrewshire region
formed part of the festival exhibit.37
31  Correspondence with Suzi Maciver, 19th February 2024.
32  Halloween Festival Evaluation Summary, Paisley
Halloween Festival (2018-2022).
33  Kibble School, Ferguslie Dance Group, ArtBOSS Young
Carers Group and Renfrewshire Youth Services were
among these (Scotland’s Year of Coasts & Waters
#YCW2021 Events Programme Open Fund Post Event
Outcome Report & correspondence with Suzi Maciver, 
19th February 2024).
34  Interview with Julian Bracey, February 2024 & Interview
with Pauline Allan & Suzi Maciver, February 2024.
35  The development of this artwork was led by visual artist,
Mick Stephenson: http://www.mickstephenson.net/
36  Scotland’s Year of Coasts & Waters #YCW2021 Events
Programme Open Fund Post Event Outcome Report.
37  See: Paisley Halloween Festival 2022. Films can be viewed
at: [1] https://vimeo.com/763563775/be478211cf, 
[2] https://vimeo.com/763560516/63f410b9b5, 
[3] https://vimeo.com/763557880/3439720d17, and 
[4] https://vimeo.com/763487421/644a4d7630.
Page 248 of 260

Page 249

38  https://www.poetryfoundation.org/
poems/48860/the-raven
39  https://www.imdb.com/title/tt13443470/
40  https://www.imogenstirling.com/
41  Interview with Julian Bracey, 22nd February 2024.
42  Interview with Julian Bracey, 22nd February 2024.
While the Festival’s overall themes is agreed by the Events’
Team and artistic directors, these are sufficiently broad to allow
significant room for interpretation in the workshop setting. In the
lead-up to the 2023 event, for example, the Gothic theme was
interpreted though an immersive theatre piece based around
Edgar Allan Poe’s The Raven38 and the supernatural comedy
horror series, Wednesday.39 The poem was read by artist and
performance poet, Imogen Stirling,40 and performed by young
people who worked together to devise a unique performance
piece which was then staged within a specially created
outdoor installation comprising set pieces, special effects and
illumination; Raven’s Realm. Community performers were also
able to develop some of their own costumes with additional
support from Cirque Bijou.41 In this way, an emphasis is put on
empowering community participants to create high-ambition
work which can ‘sit alongside the professional work’ and, on
‘creat[ing] a space in which the young people can feel very
proud of their work.’42
Page 249 of 260

Page 250

Established in August 2018, a Youth Events Panel
comprised of ‘a group of young people from
across the region meeting fortnightly to co-
design the Halloween event [with the support of]
the Council’s Events Team and Youth Services.’43
The 28 young people comprising the Panel
were drawn from a range of community groups,
including Kibble Centre, Renfrewshire Young
Carers and the Disability Resource Centre, thus
bringing representatives of often un(der)heard
communities into key design and planning roles.44
Through their involvement with the Panel, four
young people completed their Dynamic Youth
Award45 alongside six who completed their Youth
Achievement Award—YAA—(Silver).46 The Panel
also won the ‘Spirt of Halloween’ co-creation
award at the Positive about Youth Awards, 2018.47
Further, in the lead up to the Halloween parade,
541 young people from 24 school groups were
engaged in preparatory work and projects, of
these 321 from 15 school groups took part in the
Parade on the night. Twenty percent of this group
came from key SIMD48 data zones and 13% were
young people with complex needs.49
43  EventScotland Post Event Outcome Report—Year of Young People 2018.
Notably, the 2018 edition of PHF was also part of EventScotland’s Year of
Young People.
44  See: EventScotland Post Event Outcome Report—Year of Young People
2018. A paid creative internship was also established, part of the intern’s role
involved supporting the panel in its work. The appointed intern excelled
in the role which was extended ‘to sustain [the] Youth Events Panel along
with Youth Services and to pull together recommendations for working with
young people in our events going forward, including young people with
complex, differing needs’ (EventScotland Post Event Outcome Report—
Year of Young People 2018). The Youth Events Panel (rebranded: RYEvents)
continued to operate with a core group of 8-10 RYEvents ambassadors
contributing to the programming for PHF 2019 (see: EventScotland Post
Event Outcome Report, National Events Programme 2019). As member
retention became a significant obstacle, the Panel did not continue beyond
this point. The young people participating had a variety of other interests
and commitments. Some became involved with Renfrewshire Youth
Voice [https://www.ryv.org.uk/] where the local authority had developed
connections around shared aims, some also transitioned towards
volunteering roles associated with PHF (interview with Pauline Allan & Suzi
Maciver, 14th February 2024).
45  https://www.youthscotland.org.uk/awards/dynamic-youth-award/
46  Overall—including Event Panel members—96 young people received 
their Hi5 Awards (https://www.youthscotland.org.uk/awards/hi5-award/),
10 completed their YAA (silver) and 46 their Dynamic Youth Award through
involvement with PHF (see: EventScotland Post Event Outcome Report—
Year of Young People 2018).
47  https://www.youthscotland.org.uk/awards/completing-your-awards/yaa-
awards-completion-guide/ See: EventScotland Post Event Outcome Report
—Year of Young People 2018.
48  Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation, a tool for identifying the places in
Scotland where people are experiencing disadvantage across different
aspects of their lives (see: https://www.gov.scot/publications/scottish-
index-multiple-deprivation-2020/ ).
49  EventScotland Post Event Outcome Report – Year of Young People 2018.
Complex needs include additional support needs, caring responsibilities,
young offenders.
Page 250 of 260

Page 251

The same year, 62 young people—88% of whom resided in key SIMD
areas—took part in the parade as aerial performers having participated
in rigorous preparatory workshops. The taster workshops (hosted in
key SIMD areas as well as central Paisley) reached a total of 163 young
people overall. Notably, in comparison with the parade, there was ‘no
drop off in the core numbers [of young performers], all of the young
people who had committed to the event [attended] rehearsals’ and
subsequently performed in the aerial spectacular.50 It is notable too that
wheelchair users have been able to participate as performers in aerial
spectacular elements of the festival, feeding back—in 201951—that:
“I’ve never been fully out of the wheelchair before, when I get lifted in the
harness it’s an amazing feeling, it’s freedom.”
And,
“It feels amazing when you’re up in the air. I know I’m a wheelchair user,
but I don’t feel disabled when I’m up there.”52
For spectators, access to the overall PHF event is un-ticketed53
therefore maximising attendance opportunities regardless of income
level.54 The Events Team has also sought to work with local partners55
and, national guidelines56 to produce an event specific accessibility
guide,57 improve accessibility and experience for event visitors with
additional support needs.58
50  EventScotland Post Event Outcome
Report—Year of Young People 2018. 
Also see: A local schoolgirl vows to
conquer her fear of heights […].
51  In 2019, aerial dance company 
All or Nothing (https://www.aerialdance.
co.uk/) worked alongside members
of Paisley-based Dirty Feet Dance
Company to create the show 
(INSIGHT, nd.).
52  EventScotland Post Event Outcome
Report, National Events Programme
2019.
53  Some specific activities have been
ticketed, for example, 2019’s Silent Disco.
Though ticket prices were kept very 
low at £3 ea. Or £10 for a family of 4 
(see: EventScotland Post Event
Outcome Report, National Events
Programme 2019).
54  Scotland’s Year of Coasts & Waters
#YCW2021 Events Programme Open
Fund Post Event Outcome Report.
55  For example: Renfrewshire Learning
Disability Service and Disability
Resource Centre.
56  Visit Scotland’s ‘Inclusive & Accessible’
events guide, Euan’s Guide and Attitude
is Everything.
57  See: https://paisley.is/visit/paisley-
halloween-festival-access-guide/
58  Future Paisley Project Monitoring &
Evaluation Report: Paisley Halloween
Festival 2023.
“I’ve never been fully out of the wheelchair
before, when I get lifted in the harness it’s
an amazing feeling, it’s freedom.”
Page 251 of 260

Page 252

Innovation in Paisley’s programming
leads to wider engagement by local and
national audiences & Community-led
production and programming increases
cultural participation and activism.
The foregoing clearly evidences the ways in which
PHF has been leveraged to bring members of the local
community into the preparatory and delivery processes
for the event. Community involvement in production has
—for example—been foregrounded in the production
workshops for the aerial spectacular and, the making
work for Earthship1. Moreover, PHF has ‘created a wide
range of opportunities for artists, and […] communities
to create and showcase their work and reach new
audiences.’59 Numerous and diverse workshops have
involved significant numbers of school and other
community groups in creative making and performance
opportunities.60 Participation opportunities have reached
those who are often lesser heard and, there is good
evidence of successful and sustained engagement with
people from these communities.
59 Paisley Halloween Festival 2022.
60  In addition to the opportunities already outlined:
for PHF 2019, Cirque Bijou worked with PACE Youth
Theatre (https://www.pacetheatre.com/youththeatre/).
Community Circus Paisley (https://www.communitycircus.
co.uk/), Right2dance (https://www.right2dance.com/)
and Jennifer Taggart Dance (https://theworkroom.
org.uk/members/jennifer-scott/) have also been
involved in production and performance (see: Paisley
Halloween Festival 2022). Workshop and creative making
opportunities are also on offer for festival visitors at PHF
itself (for example: https://outspokenarts.org/event/
halloween/).
Page 252 of 260

Page 253

Opportunities to become involved in PHF have also embraced
a range of volunteer roles.61 for PHF 2023, 13 Film and Theatre
Make-up Students from City of Glasgow College volunteered as
make-up artists for the Ravens’ Realm performance. This, in turn,
counted towards their coursework work experience hours.62
Over the 2018-22 timeframe, 1,780 local people were ‘engaged
in Paisley Halloween Festival, developing creative skills and
confidence, and showcasing their talents, while more than 150
volunteers have been supported across the programme’63
‘What Hogmanay is to Edinburgh Hallowe’en is to Paisley’64
PHF has succeeded in drawing visitors into Paisley to see
the event which has developed a significant national profile,65
attracting artists from Scotland and further afield to collaborate
with the community to bring spectral visions to life.66 
The emphasis on community participation has, in Artistic
Director—Julian Bracey’s—view, ‘generated some really brilliant
work and quite different to the work that we would produce if
we […] had sole ownership of it.’67 The festival has developed 
to the point where it is highly anticipated68 and, whereby 
‘people expect Paisley to produce something unexpected;’
packs of werewolves, flying coffins and vampires are awaited.69 
As the festival has established itself, community groups have
‘been very keen to come back’ and participate in preparatory
workshops on offer.70
61  Including: installation and performance, 
event access assistant, make up artist,
photography or lighting volunteer (see: 
Future Paisley Project Monitoring & Evaluation
Report: Paisley Halloween Festival 2023).
62  Future Paisley Project Monitoring & Evaluation
Report: Paisley Halloween Festival 2023.
63  Paisley Halloween Festival 2022.
64  Seven things for seven days: what’s on in
Scotland this week?
65  See: Seven things for seven days: what’s on in
Scotland this week?
66  See: Future Paisley Project Monitoring 
& Evaluation Report: Paisley Halloween 
Festival 2023.
67  Interview with Julian Bracey, February 2024.
Renfrewshire Council’s Suzi Maciver also noted
the benefits that the community engagement
approach developed for the Halloween festival
have brought for the Major Event Team’s thinking
with regard to event development and the
potential for community involvement across
their portfolio creating ‘a framework for the
team of “this is how we work, this is how we
wanna work, this is how we want our events to
work, so every tender we develop is going to
have that [community engagement and benefit
opportunities] at the heart of it”’ (Interview with
Pauline Allan & Suzi Maciver, February 2024).
68  Interview with Julian Bracey, February 2024,
interview with Pauline Allan & Suzi Maciver,
February 2024.
69  Interview with Pauline Allan & Suzi Maciver,
February 2024.
70  Interview with Julian Bracey, February 2024.
"What Hogmanay is to Edinburgh
Hallowe’en is to Paisley"
Page 253 of 260

Page 254

Insights & learning from Paisley
Halloween Festival
The PHF is a great example of the way in which
an event of significant complexity and scale can
be developed in ways that provide opportunities
for members of the local community to
participate in its development and delivery.
These opportunities include creative and making
workshops, performance and volunteering. In
some cases, these activities have contributed to
the achievement or arts-based qualifications.
It is noteworthy that, the benefits of community
engagement have also been felt by festival
organisers who recognise the ways in which
community input has led to innovation and added
value to the end product. The PHF has developed
a significant reputation on local and national
stages; drawing positive attention to Paisley
and Renfrewshire, encouraging local residents
to feel pride in their hometown and providing
the opportunity to engage with and spectate a
nationally significant event.
Page 254 of 260

Page 255

The festival provides good opportunity for community
members from un(der)-heard groups to become
involved in a large-scale event with a growing reputation.
There is strong evidence of ongoing commitment to
accessibility (to both event preparation/participation
and, the event itself) across the arc of its development.
• There is considerable, multi-faceted value in enabling
community involvement in large-scale events;
benefits are evident for creative output, in terms of
participant skills-development and reframing and
developing event organisers’ views with regard to
what community participation can achieve. Building
relationships with community groups over time and
through repeated engagement is of value here.
• There is benefit—in terms of participant commitment
and experience—to focussing on depth of
engagement as well as breadth of engagement.
• Significant investment in an eye-catching, innovatively
presented, large-scale event garners positive national
attention and provides a locus for local engagement
and civic pride. There is also opportunity to bring
attention to elements of the civic realm which might
ordinarily be overlooked.
Page 255 of 260

Page 256

Going forward, it is important to ensure that the
engagement and participation opportunities provided
through the PHF are retained and developed in spite
of challenging funding landscapes. The significant
participation and access achievements evident in the
delivery of the festival to date should provide a firm
platform for progress. Follow up on any longitudinal
outcomes for participants in activities such as aerial
performance or the Youth Panel, would provide insight
into any enduring impacts that involvement with PHF has
accrued for these groups.
71  See: Paisley Halloween Festival 2023, 
Paisley Halloween Festival: Post Event Report,
2023 & Future Paisley Monitoring & Evaluation
Report: Paisley Halloween Festival 2023.
As the reputation and popularity of the festival continues
to grow, high expectations will need to be met, both
creatively and with regard to spectator experience.
Ongoing attention and innovation in crowd and queue
distribution and management will be important for
ensuring positive experiences continue to vastly outweigh
any negativity.71
Page 256 of 260

Page 257

Sources
Interview with Suzi Maciver & Pauline Allan (Major Events Team,
Renfrewshire Council), February 2024.
Interview with Julian Bracey (Artistic Director, Cirque Bijou), 
February 2024.
A local school girl has vowed to conquer her fear of heights to take 
part in a thrilling aerial display at Paisley Halloween Festival 2018—
going 120 feet above the ground!: http://tinyurl.com/yck9e3dh
‘Dirty Feet’ perform at Paisley Halloween Festival—INSIGHT: 
https://www.advertizer.co.uk/insight/dirty-feet-perform-at-paisley-
halloween-festival/ (nd.)
EventScotland Post Event Outcome Report—
Year of Young People 2018
EventScotland Post Event Outcome Report, 
National Events Programme 2019
EventScotland, National Events Programmed 2022 
Post Event Outcome Report
Future Paisley Project Monitoring & Evaluation Report: 
Paisley Halloween Festival 2022
Future Paisley Project Monitoring & Evaluation Report: 
Paisley Halloween Festival 2023
Gothic Halloween Proposal v10
Halloween 22 Event Plan
Page 257 of 260

Page 258

Halloween Creative Event Concept 2019—Specification 
(supplied by Suzi Maciver in correspondence, 19th February 2024).
Halloween Festival 2018, Event Evaluation 
(James Law Research Associated Ltd, November 2018)
Halloween Festival Evaluation Summary, 
Paisley Halloween Festival (2018–2022)
Hell N. & McPherson G. (2022). Public Value Outcomes of Festivals: 
Well-Being and Economic Perspectives. In: Smith, A et al (eds.), 
Festivals and the City. London: University of Westminster Press. 
DOI: https://doi.org/10.16997/book64.n
Paisley Halloween Festival 2022
Paisley Halloween Festival 2023 (James Law Research Associated Ltd)
Paisley Halloween Festival wins gold: http://tinyurl.com/2wmnffa2
(Wednesday 4th December 2019)
Paisley Halloween Festival: Post Event Report, 2023 
(Cirque Bijou, 16 November 2023)
Scotland’s Year of Coasts & Waters #YCW2021 Events Programme 
Open Fund Post Event Outcome Report
Seven things for seven days: what’s on in Scotland this week?—
The National: https://archive.ph/qW088#selection-1661.3-1661.125 
(Suzanne McLaughlin, 31st October 2021)
Site Plan Only_
Page 258 of 260

Page 259

Page 259 of 260

Page 260

Page 260 of 260